![](media/image1.jpeg){width="2.0in" height="1.992361111111111in"}

**DOC / NOAA / NESDIS / NCDC**

**Guidebook for NCDC Template for**

**FGDC RSE Metadata**

**by Charles S. Phillips**

**June 2006**

**Table of Contents**

Page Title

[]{#Top .anchor} 1......\.....[►](#What_FGDC_RSE_is) What FGDC RSE is

1..........[►](#What_this_Guidebook_does) What this *Guidebook* does

1..........[►](#Data_types_supported_by_the_metadata) Data types
supported by the metadata

2..........[►](#How_the_XML_template_works) How the XML template works

3..........[►](#Words_used_in_tag_descriptions) Words used in tag
descriptions

5..........[►](#Writers_best_plan) Writer\'s best plan

6..........[►](#A_few_final_details) A few final details

8..........[►](#Legend) Legend

9..........[►](#Section_1_Identification_Information) Section 1:
Identification Information

39..........[►](#Section_2_Data_Quality_and_Lineage) Section 2: Data
Quality and Lineage Information

49..........[►](#Section_3_Spatial_Data_Organization) Section 3: Spatial
Data Organization Information

55..........[►](#Section_4_Spatial_Reference_Information) Section 4:
Spatial Reference Information

100..........[►](#Section_5_Entity_and_Attribute) Section 5: Entity and
Attribute Information

110..........[►](#Section_6_Distribution_Information) Section 6:
Distribution Information

121..........[►](#Section_7_Metadata_Reference) Section 7: Metadata
Reference Information

128..........[►](#Section_A_Platform_and_Mission) Section A: Platform
and Mission Information

136..........[►](#Section_B_Instrument_Information) Section B:
Instrument Information

171..........[►](#Appendix_A_ISO_19115_Topic_Category) Appendix A: ISO
19115 Topic Category Keywords

174..........[►](#Appendix_B_Data_Aggregation) Appendix B: Data
Aggregation

Note: Solid black arrows **▐◄**, **◄, ►** are hyperlinks to places in
this document. Arrows allow quick navigation. **▐◄** is a link to the
Table of Contents page. **◄** is a link to the location of the previous
link. **►** goes to a later link. Move the cursor onto an arrow to see
the name of the destination. To travel there, hold down the \"Ctrl\" key
and click on the arrow.

**Guidebook for NCDC Template for FGDC RSE Metadata**

**What FGDC RSE is**

[[]{#What_FGDC_RSE_is .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top) **[◄](#Top)
[►](#What_this_Guidebook_does)**

FGDC RSE means the metadata standard promulgated by the Federal
Geographic Data Committee in the publication \"Content Standard for
Digital Geospatial Metadata: Extensions for Remote Sensing Metadata,
FGDC-STD-012-2002\". FGDC RSE is an extension to the core FGDC standard,
promulgated by the same Committee, and documented in the publication
\"Content Standard for Digital Geospatial Metadata, FGDC-STD-001-1998\".
The FGDC RSE publication repeats little of what is in the FGDC
publication, so that both publications are needed to see the full FGDC
RSE standard.

**What this *Guidebook* does**

[[]{#What_this_Guidebook_does .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#What_FGDC_RSE_is) [►](#Data_types_supported_by_the_metadata)**

This *Guidebook* describes the recommended way to use the file *NCDC
Template for FGDC RSE Metadata.xml*, called the template here, to create
data documentation that is FGDC RSE compliant. The documentation
describes a data set or some other data-related item in enough detail so
that those who are unfamiliar with the item can decide whether it meets
their needs and, if so, can make use of it. Such documentation is called
*metadata*.

The metadata writer works from a copy of the template that is
personalized to his/her own needs and uses this *Guidebook* as a users
guide. The advantage of using the *Guidebook* is that the writer does
not need much knowledge of FGDC RSE to create good metadata. The
disadvantage is that this *Guidebook* is big (but hopefully not very
complicated). If this *Guidebook* is followed carefully by a metadata
writer who has professional knowledge of both the item and the science
involved, the result will be a high-quality FGDC RSE-compliant metadata
record suitable for import into the NOAA Metadata Manager Repository
(NMMR).

**Data types supported by the metadata**

[[]{#Data_types_supported_by_the_metadata .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#What_this_Guidebook_does) [►](#How_the_XML_template_works)**

At the National Climatic Data Center (NCDC) most data is geospatial
data, and most data-related items involve geospatial data. Examples are:
data sets, data files, publications, manuscripts, and customer-oriented
products such as satellite photograph posters, etc. There are exceptions
that don\'t involve geospatial data \-- or don\'t involve data at all
\-- such as users guides and certain kinds of web pages.

FGDC was designed to create metadata for geospatial data in general.
FGDC RSE has extra material designed to make writing metadata easier for
remote sensing data, which is measured by radar and satellites. This
having been said, metadata for almost anything data-related can be
written using FGDC RSE.

**How the XML template works**

[[]{#How_the_XML_template_works .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Data_types_supported_by_the_metadata)
[►](#Words_used_in_tag_descriptions)**

This *Guidebook* explains how to fill in a template file to create
metadata. The template is a XML file, which consists of many XML tag
pairs (or simply tags). Tags are typical XML structure. Tags give a
hierarchical (top-down) structure to the XML file that lends itself well
to FGDC RSE because the latter is hierarchical.

The first tag at the top of the template is \<metadata\>. This \"token\"
is just the first part of a tag pair. The second part is \</metadata\>,
which is at the far end of the template. All other tags are \"enclosed\"
by the \<metadata\>\</metadata\> tag. The next tag after \<metadata\> is
\<idinfo\>. Its second part, \</idinfo\>, is some distance into the
template, but far from the end. \<idinfo\> encloses many tags, but not
nearly as many as \<metadata\>.

Tags that enclose other tags like this are *compound* tags. Compound
tags may enclose other compound tags; \<metadata\>\</metadata\> encloses
\<idinfo\>\</idinfo\>. Some compound tags enclose many other tags, and
some enclose just a few. The minimum number of tags enclosed by a
compound tag is one.

Every compound tag encloses at least one tag that does not enclose other
tags. A tag that does not enclose other tags is a *simple* tag. The
purpose of simple tags is to accept information typed by the metadata
writer. The writer will not use all, or even most, of the available
simple tags. He/She selects the most appropriate ones and enters
information in them. All entries in simple tags, taken together,
comprise the metadata.

Simple tags can be easily identified because the two parts are adjacent,
or have only whitespace and/or a label between them. A simple tag looks
like

\<pubtime\>\</pubtime\>

or

\<origin\>**1003###**\</origin\>

Simple tags like \<pubtime\>\</pubtime\> are unlabeled. Most unlabeled
tags appear only in the template, not in the *Guidebook*; the writer
should usually ignore them. For unlabeled tags that do appear in
*Guidebook*, the metadata writer is referred to similar labeled tags,
and is asked to follow the instructions there.

The tag \<origin\>**1003###**\</origin\> has a unique label **1003###**.
Some labels start with 4-digit numbers. Other labels start with a
capital letter followed by a 3-digit number. All labels have 1, 2, or 3
numerical signs (#).

Labeled tags are discussed explicitly in *Guidebook*. Labels require
action: Labels must be removed from all tags before the metadata can be
used in a software system like the NOAA Metadata Manager Repository
(NMMR). For simple tags, labels are either removed or replaced with
entries. When an entry is made, the labeled simple tag

\<origin\>**1003###**\</origin\>

becomes

\<origin\>**ENTRY**\</origin\>

where **ENTRY** is a calendar date, a clock time, an integer, a real
number, a word or phrase, or paragraphs of text -- whatever the entry
should be.

Compound tags may have labels (in parentheses) beside the first part of
the tag, such as

\<detailed\>(**5000##**)

Labeled compound tags, like labeled simple tags, are discussed in
*Guidebook*. But a compound tag cannot have an entry; entries are made
only in simple tags enclosed by the compound tag.

Each label contains numerical signs (#) that indicate the level of need
for the writer to \"use\" the tag instead of merely removing the label.
(For a simple tag, \"use\" means an entry is made between the two parts
of the tag, overwriting any label. For a compound tag, \"use\" means the
label is removed, and at least one simple tag enclosed by the two parts
of the compound tag is \"used\".)

Each tag pair appears no more than once in the template. Each tag
represents one request for information. The instructions for a
particular tag may say that the tag is repeatable, meaning that the
tag\'s two parts (plus any enclosed tags) may be copied beside the
tag\'s first occurrence one or more extra times. When a tag is
repeatable, it allows the writer to give multiple responses to the
single request for information.

In apparent contradiction to the previous paragraph, many of the same
tag names occur in several different places in the template. But these
are different tags because they are in different places. When they are
labeled, the labels are different. Names are the same because they have
the same functionality; that is, they represent the same type of
information, such as a calendar date or contact information. But the
details will always be different for these like-named tags.

**Words used in tag descriptions**

[[]{#Words_used_in_tag_descriptions .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#How_the_XML_template_works) [►](#Writers_best_plan)**

1.  \"Tag\" is the most basic structure in an XML file. It consists of
    two parts, a start and an end, as in \<origin\> and \</origin\>. The
    start and end are identical except for the \"/\" in the end. Both
    are enclosed by angle brackets (\< \>) and consist of 3 to 8 lower
    case letters.

2.  \"Label\" is a 4-digit number, or a capital letter followed by a
    3-digit number, plus 1, 2, or 3 numerical signs (#), enclosed by the
    two parts of a selected tag pair. Example:
    \<origin\>**1003###**\</origin\>. The presence of a *label*
    indicates that its tag is discussed in this *Guidebook*, and makes
    it easier to find in the template. All *labels* must be removed or
    overwritten with information before the metadata is sent to NMMR.
    The majority of tags do not have *labels*.

3.  \"Simple tag\" is a tag that does not enclose other tags between its
    two parts. It may or may not enclose a label. A *simple tag* can
    receive information entered by the metadata writer.

4.  \"Compound tag\" is a tag that encloses at least one other tag
    between its two parts. A *compound tag*\'s sole purpose is to
    enclose or \"package\" other tags to maintain XML file structure.
    Information cannot be entered into a *compound tag*. It may or may
    not have a label. If it does, the label is enclosed in parentheses (
    ).

5.  \"Repeatable\" means that a tag can occur multiple times. The
    template supplies each tag pair no more than once, but a
    *repeatable* tag pair can be copied and pasted to make multiple
    copies. All copies must be back-to-back. For most *repeatable* tags,
    this replication can be done an indefinite number of times. A few
    tags have specific replication requirements, which are explained in
    the tags\' instructions. For a compound tag that is *repeatable*,
    the copy and paste operation must include all enclosed tags.

6.  \"Instance of \<*tagname*\>\" means an occurrence of the tag whose
    name is in place of *tagname*. The template supplies one *instance*
    of most tags. If a tag is repeatable, the writer may create multiple
    *instances* of the tag.

7.  \"Entry\" is the information that the metadata writer enters between
    the two parts of a simple tag. When there is a label, the entry must
    always overwrite it.

8.  \"Used\": A simple tag has been *used* if it contains an entry. A
    compound tag is *used* if it encloses at least one simple tag that
    has been *used*.

9.  \"Item\" is the thing that is documented by the metadata. An *item*
    usually involves geospatial data of some kind. A typical example is
    a digital data set or something data-related such as a satellite
    image. But an *item* can be anything documentable.

10. \"Customer\" is any person or organization that may want to receive
    and work with the item.

11. \"User\" is a synonym for customer. It occurs rarely in this
    *Guidebook*. *User* is not related to \"Used\".

12. \"Distributor\" is the person or organization that makes the item
    available to the customer.

13. \"Entity\" is anything that is characterized, represented or
    measured by the item\'s data. An *entity* is often a natural body of
    some kind, such as the atmosphere, ocean, or soil, but it is not
    limited to those bodies. For example, if the temperature of a home
    aquarium is measured, the *entity* is the water in the tank, or
    possibly the aquarium as a whole.

14. \"Attribute\" is a parameter/element/variable in the item\'s data,
    such as relative humidity or soil temperature, that helps to
    characterize, represent or measure an entity. In the aquarium
    example in \"Entity\", the temperature of the water is an
    *attribute*.

**Writer\'s best plan**

[[]{#Writers_best_plan .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Words_used_in_tag_descriptions) [►](#A_few_final_details)**

1.  Don\'t work with the original template. Work from a personalized
    copy. If certain simple tags will contain the same information most
    of the time, they should be pre-loaded with that information in a
    personalized template copy. If certain labeled tags are never used,
    the labels should be removed. These steps can save much metadata
    writing time.

2.  A text editor program is best for working the template, because a
    XML file is a simple text file. Windows\' Notepad works well. An
    even better alternative is SlickEdit, a commercial text editor that
    is suited to editing XML files.

3.  This *Guidebook* should be printed or displayed in a window, and
    should be consulted while working.

4.  Gather as much information about the item as possible, then dive in
    and write. Work on one tag at a time. Each tag description says what
    to do, and says whether other tags need to be considered. Sometimes
    similar information is used in several tags, which can make the work
    go faster.

5.  Always read the information at the start of each Section carefully.
    Several complete Sections are optional. Often, many tags in a
    Section are optional. Many optional Sections or tags may be
    irrelevant or of limited value; this is a guarantee if an item does
    not involve remote sensing data. Also, many tags whose use is
    required may not convey much useful information to a customer. So,
    many tags may be bypassed or given minimal entries. That being said,
    it must also be said that choosing and using a few good
    \"optionals\" is what makes rich, useful metadata. Develop a plan
    for which Sections and tags will be routinely used.

6.  To the extent possible, avoid entering information that will soon be
    obsolete. In particular, be wary of entering contact information for
    a person: At NCDC - Asheville, people have traditionally been mobile
    in their projects, tasks, and billets. Naming a NCDC person as a
    contact may make a metadata record obsolete in a short time.
    Instead, give contact information for the organization.

*An alternative writer\'s plan is to use the NMMR editor to enter
metadata directly into NMMR. New and helpful features are added to this
editor by NMMR staff as time permits. If the writer chooses this plan,
no tag names will be seen in the editor. Instead, element names, which
look like long tag names, are used. This Guidebook shows the element
names in square brackets \[ \] in the tag descriptions, just to the
right of the first appearance of each tag.*

**A few final details**

[[]{#A_few_final_details .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top) **[◄](#Writers_best_plan)
[►](#Legend)**

*Thesauri and thesauruses:* A number of tag entries are best taken from
standardized lists. Examples are names of sensors, measuring
instruments, observing platforms, and above all, keywords. Such a list
is called a \"thesaurus\" in this *Guidebook*. NASA\'s Global Change
Master Directory thesauruses are recommended for NCDC metadata writers.
Links to the thesauruses can be found at

[<http://gcmd.gsfc.nasa.gov/Resources/valids/keyword_list.html>]{.underline}

Some of these thesauruses will be recommended in tag instructions.

*Loose labels sink records:* Tag labels in the template require action.
Every label must be removed, or overwritten by an entry where
appropriate. A label will not import into NMMR.

*Tag and retag:* A tag can be used only once, unless the tag\'s
description specifically says it is repeatable.

*Extra whitespace around tags:* For imported records, NMMR ignores
whitespace characters such as spaces, tabs, and carriage
returns/newlines between the parts of a tag pair and its entry. Thus as
far as NMMR is concerned, the following three entries are equivalent and
will look the same after import.

\(1\)

\<tag\>**ENTRY**\</tag\>

\(2\)

\<tag\> **ENTRY** \</tag\>

\(3\)

\<tag\>

**ENTRY**

\</tag\>

*Substandard*: Sentences in *red italics* give instructions for handling
the compound tag \<noaainfo\> and its enclosed tags. \<noaainfo\> is a
NOAA extension that appears in the original FGDC template and early
versions of the FGDC RSE template. \<noaainfo\> and its enclosed tags
contain important information, but they will disappear from NMMR at some
point in the future.

*Free downloads!* Both publications mentioned in the introduction,
\"Content Standard for Digital Geospatial Metadata, FGDC-STD-001-1998\"
and \"Content Standard for Digital Geospatial Metadata: Extensions for
Remote Sensing Metadata, FGDC-STD-012-2002\", can be downloaded from:

[[http://www.fgdc.gov/standards/standards_publications/index_html]{.underline}](http://www.fgdc.gov/standards/standards_publications/index_html)

**Legend:**

[[]{#Legend .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top) **[◄](#A_few_final_details)
[►](#Section_1_Identification_Information)**

**\<bold orange\>** Name of a FGDC-compliant tag defined in the FGDC
publication, and left

or \<orange\> unchanged by the newer FGDC RSE publication.

**\<bold blue\>** Name of a FGDC RSE-compliant tag defined in the FGDC
RSE

or \<blue\> publication. Tag is new to FGDC RSE, or is a redefinition of
an older FGDC tag.

\<**bold purple\>** Name of an ISO 19115-compliant tag used as a NMMR
extension to

or \<purple\> FGDC RSE.

\<**bold red**\> Name of a tag associated with NOAA Supplemental
extension to FGDC.

or \<red\>

**\<bold green\>** Name of a tag from a NMMR local extension to FGDC
RSE.

or \<green\>

**\###** This tag must be used. Failure to use a \### tag is likely to
cause an error in metadata computer software such as NMMR.

**\##** This tag must be used if conditions stated in the tag
description are met. If not met, the tag cannot be used. A few \## tags
have additional stated conditions under which they become optional (see
#).

**\#** Use of this tag is optional. Some \# tags have conditions stated
in the tag description. Any such conditions must be met before the tag
becomes optional; if not met, the tag cannot be used.

\+ Tag is repeatable. Read tag instructions for details.

\[ \] Square brackets, located just to the right of the first appearance
of a tag name in its description, enclose the name of the FGDC or FGDC
RSE element to which the tag corresponds. This element name is useful if
the writer chooses to use the NMMR editor to enter or edit metadata.

*red italics* Instructions for handling compound tag \<noaainfo\> and
its enclosed tags.

**Section 1: Identification Information**

[[]{#Section_1_Identification_Information .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Legend) [►](#Section_2_Data_Quality_and_Lineage)**

**\<idinfo\>**

**Tags enclosed by** \<idinfo\>\</idinfo\> **are Section 1, which
identifies, defines, and describes the item being documented. All labels
in Section 1 begin with \"1\".**

***Section 1 must be used.***

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<datasetid\>1000###\</datasetid\>**

Dataset Identifier

\<datasetid\>**1000###** \[Dataset Identifier\] must be used. It is a
primary identifier for the item being documented. The identifier should
have a \"namespace\"-type prefix, which ensures uniqueness. At NCDC, the
prefix should be \"gov.noaa.ncdc:\". The identifier itself is the FGDC
ID, which consists of a capital letter followed by a five-digit number.
Most, but not all, FGDC IDs at NCDC begin with the capital letter **C**.
FGDC IDs at NCDC are obtained from NCDC metadata support, which is
currently the Archive Branch (AB). An example of an entry is
**gov.noaa.ncdc:C01234**. Replace the label **1000###** with the entry.

*If* \<entry\>**1043###** *is in the template, it must be used. Replace
the label* **1043###** *with the same FGDC ID that was entered in*
\<datasetid\>**1000###***. See* \<noaainfo\>(**1041###**)*.*

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<citation\>(1001###)**

Citation (FGDC element 1.1)

Compound tag \<citation\>(**1001###**) \[Citation\] must be used. It is
information used to reference the item. It encloses all tags from here
to \</citation\>, which is several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<citeinfo\>(1002###)**

Citation information (FGDC element 1.1 \> 8)

Compound tag \<citeinfo\>(**1002###**) \[Citation information\] must be
used. It is the generic citation information package from the FGDC
publication, Section 8. \<citeinfo\> encloses all tags from here to
\</citeinfo\>, which is several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<origin\>1003###\</origin\>+**

Originator (FGDC element 1.1 \> 8.1)

\<origin\>**1003###** \[Originator\] must be used. It is the formal long
name of the item\'s originator, which may be a person or organization.
Replace the label **1003###** with an appropriate name. **Unknown** is a
valid entry. This tag is repeatable to handle multiple originators.

If the item is available at NCDC, NCDC should be listed as an
originator. Other organizations that distribute the item, or that
created the item in approximately its present form, can also be listed.
Insofar as possible, use names from the GCMD \"Data Centers\" thesaurus
found at the NASA GCMD web site (see *Thesauri and thesauruses* on page
6). For example, if AFCCC created the item, there should be two entries:

\<origin\>**National Climatic Data Center, NESDIS, NOAA, U.S. Department
of Commerce**

\</origin\>

\<origin\>**Air Force Combat Climatology Center, U.S. Air Force, U.S.
Department of Defense** \</origin\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<pubdate\>1004###\</pubdate\>**

Publication Date (FGDC element 1.1 \> 8.2)

\<pubdate\>**1004###** \[Publication Date\] must be used. It is the
item\'s formal publication date or informal release date. Replace label
**1004###** with a calendar date in format YYYYMMDD. **Unknown** and
**Unpublished material** are also valid entries. (The release dates of
most of NCDC\'s data sets are **Unknown**.)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<title\>1005###\</title\>**

Title (FGDC element 1.1 \> 8.4)

\<title\>**1005###** \[Title\] must be used. It is the title, or name,
of the item being documented. Titles should make sense, should be
descriptive, and should be consistent with titles of similar items. Good
titles tend to be of medium length, a compromise between information
quantity and the typical customer\'s ability to read it easily. Replace
label **1005###** with a good title. For example, a global surface
weather data set, collected by the old USSR from the Global
Telecommunications System, might be titled:

\<title\>**USSR GTS Global Surface Meteorological Data**\</title\>

Suppose there is an upper air data set that came to NCDC with the
surface data set. To provide a consistent name, the upper air data set
would be called:

\<title\>**USSR GTS Global Upper Air Meteorological Data**\</title\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<edition\>1006##\</edition\>**

Edition (FGDC element 1.1 \> 8.5)

\<edition\>**1006##** \[Edition\] must be used if applicable. It is
applicable if the item has a version or edition number. \<edition\> is
the version or edition number of the item. Replace label **1006##** with
this information, which might be, for example, **1^st^ edition**,
**Version 3**, etc.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<geoform\>1007##\</geoform\>**

Geospatial Data Presentation Form (FGDC element 1.1 \> 8.6)

\<geoform\>**1007##** \[Geospatial Data Presentation Form\] must be used
if applicable. It is applicable if the item has geospatial data.
\<geoform\> is the name of the general form in which the item\'s
geospatial data is presented. Replace label **1007##** with the name, or
choose one of

**atlas audio diagram**

**document globe mapmodel**

**multimedia presentation profile raster digital data**

**remote-sensing image section spreadsheet**

**tabular digital data vector digital data video**

**view**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<serinfo\>**

**\<sername\>1008##\</sername\>**

**\<issue\>1009##\</issue\>**

**\</serinfo\>**

Series name (FGDC element 1.1 \> 8.7.1)

Series issue identification (FGDC element 1.1 \> 8.7.2)

\<sername\>**1008##** \[Series Name\] and \<issue\>**1009##** \[Series
Issue Identification\] must be used if applicable. They are applicable
if the item is part of a series publication, which is a succession of
volumes or issues published with related subjects or authors, similar
format and price, or continuous numbering. \<sername\> is the name of
the series publication, and \<issue\> is the series issue identifier,
such as an ISBN number. Replace label **1008##** with the name and
replace **1009##** with the identification.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<pubplace\>1010##\</pubplace\>**

Publication place (FGDC element 1.1 \> 8.8.1)

\<pubplace\>**1010##** \[Publication place\] must be used if applicable.
It is applicable if the item was published or released to the community.
\<pubplace\> is the name of the city where the item was published (and
state or province, and country, if needed to identify the city). Replace
**1010##** with the information. For NCDC -- Asheville, this is

\<pubplace\>**Asheville, NC**\</pubplace\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<publish\>1011##\</publish\>**

Publisher (FGDC element 1.1 \> 8.8.2)

\<publish\>**1011##** \[Publisher\] must be used if applicable. It is
applicable if the item was published or released to the customer
community. It is the name of the item\'s publisher. If the publisher is
a data center, use a name from the thesaurus \"Data Centers\" (see
*Thesauri and thesauruses* on page 6). Replace **1011##** with the name.
For NCDC, this is

\<publish\>**National Climatic Data Center, NESDIS, NOAA, U.S.
Department of Commerce** \</publish\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<onlink\>1012###\</onlink\>+**

**\<CI_OnlineResource\>(1013#)+**

**\<linkage\>1014##\</linkage\>**

**\<protocol\>1015#\</protocol\>**

**\<applicationProfile\>1016#\</applicationProfile\>**

**\<name\>1017#\</name\>**

**\<description\>1018#\</description\>**

**\<function\>1019#\</function\>**

**\</CI_OnlineResource\>**

Online linkage (FGDC element 1.1 \> 8.10)

Citation online resource (ISO 19115 element)

*The purpose of these tags is to document [secondary]{.underline} online
resources. Online resources are often web site addresses (URLs).
Secondary online resources are places where information can be found
about the item, or about related issues. ([Primary]{.underline} online
resources are documented in* \<computer\>(**6050##**) *in Section 6.)*

\<onlink\>**1012###** \[Online linkage\] must be used. It is a link to
an online resource, which is often a web site address (URL). Replace
**1012###** with the link. \<onlink\> is repeatable to handle multiple
links. The URL for the NCDC home page is a required entry. This
requirement is the reason that \### is in this tag\'s label, even though
FGDC RSE indicates it should be #. NCDC\'s home page is

\<onlink\>**http://www.ncdc.noaa.gov**\</onlink\>

*If* \<moreinfo\>**1050#** *and* \<preview\>**1051#** *are in the
template, and if* \<onlink\>**1012###** *is used at least once,*
\<moreinfo\> *and* \<preview\> *are optional. An* \<onlink\> *entry that
is a link to a secondary online resource that gives more information
about the item, or about related issues, is suitable as an entry for*
\<moreinfo\>*: Replace label* **1050#** *with a copy of that* \<onlink\>
*entry. Similarly, an* \<onlink\> *entry that is a link to a secondary
resource that has samples or previews of the item is appropriate for*
\<preview\>*: Replace label* **1051#** *with a copy of the* \<onlink\>
*entry. Neither* \<moreinfo\> *nor* \<preview\> *is repeatable. See*
\<noaainfo\>(**1041###**)*.*

Compound tag \<CI_OnlineResource\>(**1013#**) \[Citation online
resource\] may optionally be used. It repeats and documents certain
links that may have been entered in \<onlink\>**1012###**. It is
repeatable for multiple links.

\<linkage\>**1014##** \[Linkage\] must be used if
\<CI_OnlineResource\>(**1013#**) is used. It is a link to an online
resource. Replace **1014##** with the same link that was entered in
\<onlink\>**1012#**.

\<protocol\>**1015#** \[Protocol\] may optionally be used if
\<CI_OnlineResource\>(**1013#**) is used. It is the name of the
connection protocol, such as **http** or **ftp**. Replace **1015#** with
the name.

\<applicationProfile\>**1016#** \[Application profile\] may optionally
be used if \<CI_OnlineResource\>(**1013#**) is used. It is the
application profile, i.e. the kind of software application, to be used
for the online resource. Examples: **web browser**, **PDF document**,
**Word document**. Replace **1016#** with the profile.

\<name\>**1017#** \[Name\] may optionally be used if
\<CI_OnlineResource\>(**1013#**) is used. It is a name for the online
resource. Replace **1017#** with the name.

\<description\>**1018#** \[Description\] may optionally be used if
\<CI_OnlineResource\>(**1013#**) is used. It is a detailed description
of what the online resource is or does. Replace **1018#** with the
description. The information in \<description\> should be consistent
with the entry, if any, made in \<function\>**1019#**.

\<function\>**1019#** \[Function\] may optionally be used if
\<CI_OnlineResource\>(**1013#**) is used. It is an integer that is a
coded explanation of what the online resource does. Replace **1019#**
with one of **001**, **002**, **003**, **004**, or **005**.

**001** = data download.

**002** = information about the item or related issues.

**003** = order the item offline.

**004** = order the item online.

**005** = online search interface to get information about the item, or
about related issues.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</citeinfo\>**

End of \<citeinfo\>**(1002###)**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</citation\>(1001###)**

End of \<citation\>(**1001###**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<abstract\>1030###\</abstract\>**

Abstract (FGDC element 1.2.1)

\<abstract\>**1030###** \[Abstract\] must be used. It is a narrative
summary of the item. \<abstract\> is similar to the abstract of a
scientific paper. It is an overview, not a detailed description; detail
is reserved for other tags. Replace **1030###** with the summary.
\<abstract\> can be as short or long as needed, but one typewritten page
is a good length. What should be written here varies with the item. Some
suggestions are

-   Item history.

-   Physical phenomena represented by data in the item.

-   Geographic areas, altitudes represented by the data.

-   Item contents and how it was produced (names of algorithms, etc.).

-   Sensors, platforms and hardware (or software) used to collect or
    compute data.

-   The item\'s significance to a customer.

-   Who is an expected customer of the item.

-   Item update plans and other plans.

A sample entry is

**SOWM Hindcast Wind and Wave Climatology for North Pacific, North
Atlantic and Mediterranean is historical digital data set DSI-9786,
archived at the National Climatic Data Center (NCDC). It is a digital
ocean atlas.**

**SOWM is the Spectral Ocean Wave Model, a computer software methodology
which was developed by Dr. Willard J. Pierson and others and adopted in
December 1974 by what was then the U.S. Navy Fleet Numerical
Oceanography Center (FLENUMOCEANCEN). FLENUMOCEANCEN was a predecessor
of the current Fleet Numerical Meteorology and Oceanography Center
(FNMOC). SOWM is a computer-based procedure that produces a directional
variance spectrum at specified grid points that are a maximum of 180
nautical miles apart. This spectrum defines the sea surface at each grid
point through a two dimensional matrix (direction/frequency) of 12
directions and 15 frequency bands.**

**The David Taylor Naval Ship Research and Development Center (DTNSRDC),
a predecessor to the U.S. Naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock
Division (NSWCCD), with Operations Research, Inc. (ORI), developed
computer programs to derive a number of numerical parameters from the
SOWM spectral wave data. The NCDC used many of the concepts from these
programs and others written by FLENUMOCEANCEN to devise a
parameterization program that was used for this atlas (DSI-9786).**

**This atlas contains climatological summaries for seven parameters:
wind speed and direction, wave height, wave direction, wave slope code,
modal wave period, and wave directionality. The first four parameters
had appeared in U.S. Navy climatologies. The latter three parameters had
not appeared, because they cannot be directly derived from visual
observations. However, they can be very important operating
considerations.**

**Ship rolling and stability is affected by the wave slope of higher
waves. Wave slope of a regular wave is defined as the ratio of wave
height to wave length.**

**The modal wave period is the period associated with the maximum wave
energy in the wave spectrum. Modal wave periods associated with
wavelengths of about 0.75 and 1.25 ship lengths (depending on ship
course and speed) can cause resonance pitching and heaving. The modal
wave is not necessarily equal to the wave period associated with the
higher of the two waves, the sea or the swell as summarized in past U.S.
Navy climatologies (U.S. Navy, 1974).**

**Wave directionality is the uniformity of the direction of movement of
the waves. If the waves are all moving in a uniform direction, then the
directionality is one. When there is no preferred direction of wave
movement (a completely confused sea state), the directionality is zero.
Obviously, ship response and maneuverability can be affected by the
directional spread of the wave energy.**

**Data in this atlas are derived using winds and waves from the period
January 1973 to December 1982, i.e. 10 years.**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<purpose\>1031###\</purpose\>**

Purpose (FGDC element 1.2.2)

\<purpose\>**1031###** \[Purpose\] must be used. It is an explanation of
the purpose of the item. Replace **1031###** with the explanation. The
writer may use his/her own explanation, if desired. The entry used in
most existing NCDC FGDC metadata is the generic

\<purpose\>

**To make a wide range of climatic data available to researchers and the
public.**

\</purpose\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<documnts\>(1032##)+**

**\<datdicrf\>(1033##)+**

**\<citeinfo\>(1035##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</citeinfo\>**

**\</datdicrf\>**

**\<userguid\>(1036##)+**

**\<citeinfo\>(1037##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</citeinfo\>**

**\</userguid\>**

**\<scipap\>(1038##)+**

**\<citeinfo\>(1039##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</citeinfo\>**

**\</scipap\>**

**\</documnts\>**

Documents

Compound tag \<documnts\>(**1032##**) \[Documents\] must be used if
applicable. It is applicable if there are data dictionaries, users
guides, and/or scientific papers that contain important supporting
information about the item, or that are quoted in the metadata. These
things are literature references that make up the item\'s
*bibliography*. \<documnts\> is this bibliography; the tag is
repeatable.

Compound tags \<datadicrf\>(**1033##**) \[Data dictionary\],
\<userguid\>(**1036##**) \[Users guide\], and \<scipap\>(**1038##**)
\[Scientific paper\] must be used if \<documnts\>(**1032##**) is used,
and if applicable. \<datadicrf\> is applicable when the bibliography
mentioned in \<documnts\> contains a data dictionary. \<userguid\> is
applicable when the bibliography contains a users guide. \<scipap\> is
applicable for a scientific paper. Each of these tags is repeatable to
handle multiple references.

Each of \<datadicrf\>(**1033##**), \<userguid\>(**1036##**), and
\<scipap\>(**1038##**) encloses an instance of compound tag
\<citeinfo\>, which is the citation information package from the FGDC
publication, Section 8. Follow the instructions for the tags enclosed by
\<citeinfo\>(**1002###**) when using each \<citeinfo\> here. Keep in
mind that \<citeinfo\>(**1002###**) contains citations for the item,
while each \<citeinfo\> here should contain citations for the references
in a bibliography.

*If entries were made in any of the simple tags enclosed by*
\<documnts\>(**1032##**)*, and if* \<reference\>**1049#** *is in the
template, the latter may optionally be used. To use* \<reference\>*,
recast the entries into standard bibliographic formats as seen in the
general literature, and enter all into one instance of* \<reference\>*,
replacing label* **1049#***.* \<reference\> *is not repeatable. See*
\<noaainfo\>(**1041###**)*.*

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<supplinf\>1040##\</supplinf\>**

Supplemental information (FGDC element 1.2.3)

\<supplinf\>**1040##** \[Supplemental information\] must be used if
applicable. It is applicable if the item is a data set archived at NCDC.
By agreement with NASA GCMD, NCDC identifies its data sets by placing
the exact phrase **data set** in this tag. (All letters are lower case,
and there is one space between \"data\" and \"set\".) This is in order
to distinguish data sets from other data-related items for GCMD
data-harvesting software. Thus the priority level is higher than
optional, the level shown in FGDC RSE. For items that are not data sets,
any entry or no entry in this tag is acceptable. Replace **1040##** with
the entry.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<noaainfo\>(1041###)**

**\<entry\>1043###\</entry\>**

**\<sensor\>1044#\</sensor\>**

**\<source\>1045#\</source\>**

**\<campaign\>1046#\</campaign\>**

**\<center\>1047###\</center\>**

**\<medium\>1048#\</medium\>**

**\<reference\>1049#\</reference\>**

**\<nsurls\>**

**\<moreinfo\>1050#\</moreinfo\>**

**\<preview\>1051#\</preview\>**

**\<obtain\>1052##\</obtain\>**

**\</nsurls\>**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</noaainfo\>**

NOAA information (NOAA Supplemental) (Legacy NOAA extension to FGDC)

Compound tag \<noaainfo\>(**1041###**) \[NOAA information\] must be
used. This tag and its enclosed tags are a legacy NOAA extension to FGDC
that may eventually be removed from NMMR and the template. While
\<noaainfo\> exists, it must be used. \<noaainfo\> identifies the
project, campaign, or initiative that caused the item to be created,
using information that was considered sufficient for NOAA projects.

*If* \<noaainfo\> *is in the template, don\'t take any action here.*
Instead, study the list of tags below.

\<noaainfo\> tags Instructions are in *red italics* in the
non-\<noaainfo\> tags listed here

\<entry\>**1043###** See \<datasetid\>**1000###**

\<sensor\>**1044#** See \<plainsid\>(**1410##**) after
\<instshnm\>**1416##**

\<source\>**1045#** See \<plainsid\>(**1410##**) after
\<platfsnm\>**1413#**

\<campaign\>**1046#** See \<plainsid\>(**1410##**) after
\<missname\>**1411#**

\<center\>**1047###** See \<metc\>(**7005###**) before
\<cntppos\>**7013#**

\<medium\>**1048#** See \<offoptn\>(**6085##**) after
\<offmedia\>**6086#**

\<reference\>**1049#** See \<documnts\>(**1032##**) at end

\<moreinfo\>**1050#** See \<onlink\>**1012###**

\<preview\>**1051#** See \<onlink\>**1012###**

\<obtain\>**1052##** See \<computer\>(**6050##**) after
\<linkage\>**6061##**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<sngdate\>(1060##)**

**\<caldate\>1061##\</caldate\>**

**\<time\>1062#\</time\>**

**\</sngdate\>**

Single date (and time) (FGDC element 1.3 \> 9.1)

Exactly one of \<sngdate\>(**1060##**), \<mdattim\>(**1065##**) and
\<rngdates\>(**1070##**) must be used. Use the one that is most
applicable. Compound tag \<sngdate\>(**1060##**) \[Single date\] is
applicable if there was exactly one important event associated with the
item, with a known calendar date of occurrence. \<sngdate\> is that
date, also the clock time, if appropriate. An important event may be an
earthquake, a lightning strike, a severe storm, a tornado touchdown, a
hurricane landfall. But the event can be of another kind, such as when
the item was keyed or published.

\<caldate\>**1061##** \[Calendar date\] must be used if
\<sngdate\>(**1060##**) is used. It is the calendar date of the event
mentioned in \<sngdate\>. Use the YYYYMMDD format. **Unknown** is also a
valid entry, and is used if a date is unknown or inapplicable. Replace
**1061##** with the entry.

\<time\>**1062#** \[Time\] may optionally be used if
\<caldate\>**1061##** is used. It is the time of the event whose date
was entered in \<caldate\>. Replace **1062#** with the time, using the
HHMMSSSS or HHMMSSSSZ format, which is a 24-hour clock time. SSSS is
seconds to the nearest tenth or hundredth. Z indicates Universal Time.
**Unknown** is also a valid entry. But the recommended action, if a time
is not to be entered, is to remove the label **1062#** and leave
\<time\> empty.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<mdattim\>(1065##)**

**\<sngdate\>(1066##)+**

**\<caldate\>1067##\</caldate\>**

**\<time\>1068##\</time\>**

**\</sngdate\>**

**\</mdattim\>**

Multiple-event dates and times (FGDC element 1.3 \> 9.2)

Exactly one of \<sngdate\>(**1060##**), \<mdattim\>(**1065##**) and
\<rngdates\>(**1070##**) must be used. Use the one that is most
applicable. Compound tag \<mdattim\>(**1065##**) \[Multiple-event dates
and times\] is applicable if there were several distinct, important
events associated with the item, with known calendar dates of
occurrence. \<mdattim\> is those dates and, if appropriate, clock times.
Examples of multiple events are an earthquake with aftershocks, a series
of lightning strikes in one storm, a series of data measurements in one
short-term project. The item may characterize or display the events in
some way, by means of data or images, for example. But the events can be
of another kind, such as when the item was keyed or published.

\<sngdate\>(**1066##**) \[Single date\] must be used if
\<mdattim\>(**1065##**) is used. It is a single calendar date and
optional clock time, that is similar to \<sngdate\>(**1060##**). The
difference between them is that \<sngdate\>(**1066##**) is repeatable
and, in fact, *must* occur at least twice, because \<mdattim\> is only
for multiple events. Create a new instance of \<sngdate\>(**1066##**)
for each event. In each instance, use \<caldate\>**1067##** and, if
appropriate, \<time\>**1068#**, following the instructions for
\<caldate\>**1061##** and \<time\>**1062#**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<rngdates\>(1070##)**

**\<begdate\>1073##\</begdate\>**

**\<begtime\>1074#\</begtime\>**

**\<enddate\>1075##\</enddate\>**

**\<endtime\>1076#\</endtime\>**

**\</rngdates\>**

Range of dates (FGDC element 1.3 \> 9.3)

Exactly one of \<sngdate\>(**1060##**), \<mdattim\>(**1065##**) and
\<rngdates\>(**1070##**) must be used. Use the one that is most
applicable. Compound tag \<rngdates\>(**1070##**) \[Range of dates\] is
applicable when a large number of events are associated with the item.
An example is hourly or daily data measurements over many years.
\<rngdates\> is also applicable if the events are continuous instead of
distinct. \<rngdates\> has the earliest and latest dates (and
optionally, times) of the events. Most meteorological metadata will use
\<rngdates\>.

\<begdate\>**1073##** \[Begin date\] must contain an entry if
\<rngdates\>(**1070##**) is used. It is the calendar date of the
earliest event. Replace **1073##** with a date in the format YYYYMMDD.
**Unknown** is also a valid entry, and should be chosen if a begin date
is unknown or inapplicable.

\<begtime\>**1074#** \[Begin time\] may optionally be used if
\<begdate\>**1073##** contains an entry. It is the time associated with
the entry in \<begdate\>. \<begtime\> is a 24-hour clock time using the
HHMMSSSS or HMMSSSSZ format. SSSS is seconds to the nearest tenth or
hundredth. Z indicates Universal Time. Replace **1074#** with the time.

\<enddate\>**1075##** \[End date\] must contain an entry if
\<rngdates\>(**1070##**) is used. It is the calendar date of the latest
event. Replace **1075##** with a date using the format YYYYMMDD.
**Unknown** and **Present** are also valid entries. Use **Unknown** if
the end date is unknown or inapplicable. Use **Present** if the events
have not stopped, but continue through the present day, as is the case
with ongoing measurements for an active data set.

\<endtime\>**1076#** \[End time\] may optionally be used if
\<enddate\>**1075##** contains an entry. It is the time associated with
the entry in \<enddate\>. \<endtime\> is a 24-hour clock time using the
HHMMSSSS or HHMMSSSSZ formats. SSSS is seconds to the nearest tenth or
hundredth. Z indicates a Universal Time. Replace **1076#** with the
time.

\<begdate\>+\<begtime\> \<= \<enddate\>+\<endtime\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<current\>1201###\</current\>**

Currentness reference (FGDC element 1.3.1)

\<current\>**1201###** \[Currentness reference\] must be used. It says
whether a date entered in \<sngdate\>(**1060##**),
\<mdattim\>(**1065##**), or \<rngdates\>(**1070##**) indicates when data
was measured, or indicates when a different kind of event happened.
Replace **1201###** with free text, or choose one of **Ground
condition** or **Publication date**, as explained below.

Choose **Ground condition** if a date indicates when data measurements
were made. Make this choice also if a date indicates a data measurement
date that is simulated by data modeling software. This tells the reader
that dates indicate the data\'s age. Most NCDC items should use this
choice.

Choose **Publication date** if a date is when the item was published or
released.

If there is a word or phrase that gives a better description of what the
dates and times indicate, enter it instead. For example, perhaps **Data
keyed** or **Data archived** is appropriate. **Unknown** is also a valid
entry.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<progress\>1202###\</progress\>**

Progress, also called Completeness (FGDC element 1.4.1)

\<progress\>**1202###** \[Progress\] must be used. It says how close to
completion the item is. (This is different from \<complete\>**2006##**,
which describes the inclusiveness of the item\'s data.) Replace
**1202###** with one of **Complete**, **In work**, or **Planned**, which
are explained below.

**Complete** is for an item that is finished. The item is never updated
nor modified (except by simple copying or changing the archive medium).
An example is a historical, static data set like the Maury collection of
ship observations at NCDC.

**In work** describes an item that is updated or gains additional
material at periodic intervals. For this choice to be applicable,
periodic updates must not change the item into something different. Its
title, its FGDC ID, and other primary identifying information must
remain the same after the update. An example of an \"In work\" item is
an ongoing NCDC data set like DSI-3200.

**Planned** describes an item that does not yet exist. It is in the
planning stages.

The entry in \<progress\> should be consistent with the entry in
\<update\>**1203###**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<update\>1203###\</update\>**

Maintenance and update frequency (FGDC element 1.4.2)

\<update\>**1203###** \[Maintenance and update frequency\] must be used.
It is the frequency with which the data associated with the item will be
updated or maintained after its initial publication or release. Replace
**1203###** with a free text answer, or choose one of:

**Continually Daily Weekly Monthly Annually**

**Unknown As needed Irregular None planned**

The entry in \<update\> should be consistent with the entry in
\<progress\>**1202###**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<bounding\>(1204###)**

**\<westbc\>1205###\</westbc\>**

**\<eastbc\>1206###\</eastbc\>**

**\<northbc\>1207###\</northbc\>**

**\<southbc\>1208###\</southbc\>**

**\</bounding\>**

Bounding coordinates (FGDC element 1.5.1)

Compound tag \<bounding\>(**1204###**) \[Bounding coordinates\] must be
used. It is 2 latitudes and 2 longitudes that define the sides of a
4-sided polygon on the planet\'s surface. Latitudes and longitudes
should be chosen so that the 4-sided polygon is the smallest that fully
encloses all data locations. The polygon is a \"data inclusion\" polygon
but, by its very nature, this kind of polygon is likely to include
unwanted non-data areas, perhaps very large ones, as well as the
intended data areas. But these tags must be used according to the FGDC
RSE standard, perhaps because these polygons are quickly and easily
defined. A small-to-medium-sized polygon near the Equator will resemble
a rectangle.

\<westbc\>**1205###** \[West bounding coordinate\] and
\<eastbc\>**1206###** \[East bounding coordinate\] must be used. These
longitudes define the western and eastern sides of the 4-sided polygon,
respectively, that was mentioned in \<bounding\>(**1204###**).
Longitudes are real (floating-point) numbers representing degrees and
decimal fractions thereof. 0.0 is the Greenwich Meridian. Positive
numbers are east of Greenwich; negative numbers are west. ‑180.0 and
180.0 represent the same meridian in the mid-Pacific Ocean. Replace
**1205###** and **1206###** with the longitudes. ‑180.0 \<= \<eastbc\>
\<= 180.0 and ‑180.0 \<= \<westbc\> \< 180.0

\<northbc\>**1207###** \[North bounding coordinate\] and
\<southbc\>**1208###** \[South bounding coordinate\] must be used. These
latitudes define the northern and southern sides of the 4-sided polygon,
respectively, that was mentioned in \<bounding\>(**1204###**). The
latitudes are real (floating-point) numbers, representing degrees and
decimal fractions thereof. ‑90.0 is the South Pole, 0.0 is the Equator,
90.0 is the North Pole. Replace **1207###** and **1208###** with the
latitudes. ‑90.0 \<= \<southbc\> \<= \<northbc\> \<= 90.0.

Number of decimal places to use:

-   Approximation or to nearest degree -- 1 decimal place with 0, e.g.
    72.0

-   To nearest minute -- use 3 decimal places, e.g. 72.124

-   To nearest second -- use 5 decimal places, e.g. 72.12378

The default/global values are:

\<westbc\>**-180.0**\</westbc\>

\<eastbc\>**180.0**\</eastbc\>

\<northbc\>**90.0**\</northbc\>

\<southbc\>**-90.0**\</southbc\>

Use default/global values if the data is global, including \"global
land\" or \"global ocean\", or if no bounding coordinates are applicable
to the item.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<dsgpoly\>(1210#)+**

**\<dsgpolyo\>(1211##)**

**\<grngpoin\>(1212##)+**

**\<gringlat\>1213##\</gringlat\>**

**\<gringlon\>1214##\</gringlon\>**

**\</grngpoin\>**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\<gring\>1219##\</gring\>**

**\</dsgpolyo\>**

**\<dsgpolyx\>(1220#)+**

**\<grngpoin\>(1221##)+**

**\<gringlat\>\</gringlat\>**

**\<gringlon\>\</gringlon\>**

**\</grngpoin\>**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\<gring\>1229##\</gring\>**

**\</dsgpolyx\>**

**\</dsgpoly\>**

Data set G-Polygon (FGDC element 1.5.2)

Compound tag \<dsgpoly\>(**1210#**) \[Data set G-Polygon\] may
optionally be used. It defines a multi-sided data inclusion polygon on
the Earth\'s surface that encloses the data locations. \<dsgpoly\> is
repeatable to allow multiple data inclusion polygons. In addition, it
allows multiple multi-sided data exclusion polygons inside each data
inclusion polygon.

*A multi-sided polygon is defined by a set of four or more ordered pairs
of real numbers. Each pair is the latitude and longitude of a point on
the Earth\'s surface. Latitudes and longitudes are given in degrees and
decimal fractions of a degree. Latitude values are in the range ‑90.0
\<= val \<= 90.0. Longitude values are in the range -180.0 \<= val \<
180.0. An* **n***-sided polygon requires* **n+1** *ordered pairs. Side*
**1** *of the polygon begins at ordered pair* **1** *and runs as a
straight line to ordered pair* **2***. Side* **2** *begins there and
runs to ordered pair* **3***, and so on. In general, side* **n** *begins
at ordered pair* **n** *and runs to ordered pair* **(n+1)***. For an*
**n***-sided polygon, ordered pair* **(n+1)** *is identical to ordered
pair* **1***, closing the polygon. The sides intersect only at the
ordered pair points as indicated in this description. A polygon does not
intersect any other polygon. 4 is the minimum number of ordered pairs,
which define a minimal 3-sided polygon.*

\<dsgpoly\> is somewhat like \<bounding\>(**1204###**), which defines a
4-sided data inclusion polygon. \<dsgpoly\> can do a much better job
than \<bounding\> of including data areas and excluding non-data areas.
The disadvantages of \<dsgpoly\> are that designing its polygons takes
time, and \<bounding\> is a must-use tag that can only be supplemented
by \<dsgpoly\>, not replaced by it. For \<dsgpoly\> to be worth the
writer\'s time and effort, its polygons must include data areas and
exclude non-data areas not just better, but *much* better, than the
single data inclusion polygon of \<bounding\>.

Compound tag \<dsgpolyo\>(**1211##**) \[Data set G-polygon outer
G-ring\] must be used if \<dsgpoly\>(**1210#**) is used. It is the
ordered pairs for the data inclusion (outer) polygon.

Compound tag \<grngpoin\>(**1212##**) \[G-ring point\] must be used if
\<dsgpolyo\>(**1211##**) is used, and if \<gring\>**1219##** is not
used. \<grngpoin\> and \<gring\> are alternative methods of presenting
the ordered pairs of coordinates for a polygon, and only one method can
be used. \<grngpoin\> is one ordered pair of latitude-longitude
coordinates; it is repeatable to handle multiple ordered pairs. There
must be a minimum of 4 instances of \<grngpoin\>; 4 instances define a
3-sided polygon. The final ordered pair must be identical to the 1^st^
ordered pair \-- this is the method used to close the polygon.

\<gringlat\>**1213##** \[G-ring latitude\] must be used if
\<grngpoin\>(**1212##**) is used. It is the latitude of one ordered pair
mentioned in \<grngpoin\>. The latitude is a real (floating-point)
number representing degrees and a decimal fraction thereof. Replace
**1213##** with the latitude.

\<gringlon\>**1214##** \[G-ring longitude\] must be used if
\<grngpoin\>(**1212##**) is used. It is the longitude of one ordered
pair mentioned in \<grngpoin\>. The longitude is a real (floating-point)
number representing degrees and a decimal fraction thereof. Replace
**1214##** with the longitude.

\<gring\>**1219##** \[G-ring\] must be used if \<dsgpolyo\>(**1211##**)
is used, and if \<grngpoin\>(**1212##**) is not used. \<grngpoin\> and
\<gring\> are alternative ways of presenting the ordered pairs of
coordinates for the polygon, and only one way can be used. \<gring\> is
all ordered pairs in one place, in an almost free-form style. Remove
label **1219##**. Then enter the longitude of the 1^st^ ordered pair,
followed by a space, followed by the latitude, followed by a comma. Then
enter the longitude of the 2^nd^ ordered pair, followed by a space,
followed by the latitude, followed by a comma, and so forth until all
ordered pairs are entered. Skip the final comma. A partial sample entry
might be: **‑70.0 35.1, ‑71.3 36.7, ‑70.9 38.4,** etc.

Compound tag \<dsgpolyx\>(**1220#**) \[Data set G-polygon exclusion
G-ring\] may optionally be used if \<dsgpoly\>(**1210#**) is used.
\<dsgpolyx\> is a data exclusion polygon, which lies entirely inside a
data inclusion polygon. \<dsgpolyx\> encloses the same kinds of tags
that \<dsgpolyo\>(**1211#**) encloses. Follow the instructions for
\<dsgpolyo\>(**1211#**) through \<gring\>**1219##**, except \<dsgpolyx\>
is repeatable to allow for multiple exclusion polygons inside one outer
polygon.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<frarea\>(1230#)+**

**\<frareavl\>1231##\</frareavl\>**

**\<frareaun\>1232##\</frareaun\>**

**\</frarea\>**

Frame area

Compound tag \<frarea\>(**1230#**) \[Frame area\] may optionally be
used. It is the size of the geographic area covered by one frame of an
image made by remote sensing equipment. \<frarea\> is repeatable to
handle multiple frame sizes.

\<frareavl\>**1231##** \[Frame area value\] must be used if
\<frarea\>(**1230#**) is used. It is a real (floating-point) number that
represents the area of the frame, using the units entered in
\<frareaun\>**1232##**. Replace **1231##** with the number. 0.0 \<
\<frareavl\>

\<frareaun\>**1232##** \[Frame area units\] must be used if
\<frarea\>(**1230#**) is used.

It is the name of the units of measurement for the frame area. Replace
**1232##** with the units name, or choose one of **square meters** or
**square miles**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<multimal\>(1235#)+**

**\<ovlpdtid\>**

**\<datsetid\>1236##\</datsetid\>**

**\</ovlpdtid\>**

**\<ovlptype\>1237##\</ovlptype\>**

**\<ovlppct\>1238##\</ovlppct\>**

**\</multimal\>**

Multiple image alignment

Compound tag \<multimal\>(**1235#**) \[Multiple image alignment\] may
optionally be used. It describes how frames from the item\'s remote
sensing data have some of the same geographic coverage area as frames
from other remote sensing data. \<multimal\> is repeatable to handle
multiple cases.

\<datsetid\>**1236##** \[Data set identifier\] must be used if
\<multimal\>(**1235#**) is used. It is the FGDC ID of the other remote
sensing data. See \<datsetid\>**1000###** for an explanation of the FGDC
ID. Replace **1236##** with the FGDC ID.

\<ovlptype\>**1237##** \[Overlap type\] must be used if
\<multimal\>(**1235#**) is used. It describes, with a word or phrase,
how frames in the other remote sensing data and the frames of the
item\'s remote sensing data cover the same area. The other data was
identified in \<datsetid\>**1236##**. Replace **1237##** with the
description, or choose one of **overlap** or **sidelap**.

\<ovlppct\>**1238##** \[Overlap percentage\] must be used if
\<multimal\>(**1235#**) is used. It is the area common to two successive
photos along the same flight strip. The area is expressed as a
percentage, which is a real (floating-point) number. Replace **1238##**
with the number.

0.0 \<= \<ovlppct\> \<= 100.0

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<wwrefsys\>(1240#)**

**\<wwrefpat\>1241##\</wwrefpat\>**

**\<wwrefrow\>1242##\</wwrefrow\>**

**\</wwrefsys\>**

Worldwide reference system

Compound tag \<wwrefsys\>(**1240#**) \[Worldwide reference system\] may
optionally be used if the item includes Landsat data. It is Landsat
satellite worldwide reference system information.

\<wwrefpat\>**1241##** \[Worldwide reference path\] must be used if
\<wwrefsys\>(**1240#**) is used. It is a sequential integer, increasing
from east to west, that is assigned to the satellite orbital track.
Replace **1241##** with the integer. 0 \< \<wwrefpat\> \<= 251

\<wwrefrow\>**1242##** \[Worldwide reference row\] must be used if
\<wwrefsys\>(**1240#**) is used. It is a sequential integer assigned to
the frame latitudinal center line along a path. Replace **1242##** with
this integer. 0 \< \<wwrefrow\> \<= 248

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<proclevl\>(1250##)+**

**\<prolevid\>1251##\</prolevid\>**

**\<prolevau\>(1252##)**

**\<citeinfo\>(1255##)**

**\<origin\>\</origin\>**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</citeinfo\>**

**\</prolevau\>**

**\</proclevl\>**

Processing level

Compound tag \<proclevl\>(**1250##**) \[Processing level\] must be used
if applicable. It is applicable if the item\'s data is subjected to a
level of data processing that has a formal identification code, which
may occur with satellite data. \<proclevl\> is repeatable. The following
appendices in the FGDC RSE publication \"Content Standard for Digital
Geospatial Metadata: Extensions for Remote Sensing Metadata,
FGDC-STD-012-2002\" refer to satellite data processing:

-   Appendix A -- NASA Data Product Levels (Informative)

-   Appendix B -- NOAA Data Product Levels (Informative)

-   Appendix C -- ISPRS Data Product Levels (Informative)

\<prolevid\>**1251##** \[Processing level identifier\] must be used if
\<proclevl\>(**1250##**) is used. It is the data distributor\'s code
that identifies the level of data processing applied to the
measurements, as defined in \<prolevau\>(**1252##**). (A good
\<prolevid\> entry may be one of the paragraph headings from the
appendices named above.) **Level 1b** and **Level 4** are examples.

Compound tag \<prolevau\>(**1252##**) \[Processing level authority\]
must be used if \<proclevl\>(**1250##**) is used. It cites the authority
for the entry in \<prolevid\>**1251##**. \<prolevau\> encloses
\<citeinfo\>(**1255##**), which is the citation information package from
the FGDC publication, Section 8. Follow the instructions from the tags
enclosed by \<citeinfo\>(**1002###**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<theme\>(1300###)+**

**\<themekt\>1301###\</themekt\>**

**\<themekey\>1302###\</themekey\>+**

**\</theme\>**

Theme keyword (FGDC element 1.6.1)

Compound tag \<theme\>(**1300###**) \[Theme keyword\] must be used at
least once. It contains keywords and the name of a thesaurus (see
*Thesauri and thesauruses* on page 6), from which keywords on one
subject are chosen. The subject should be relevant to the item.
\<theme\> is repeatable to handle multiple subjects and thesauruses.

\<theme\> subjects may not include geographic location, altitude/depth,
or time. Those subjects are handled by tags \<place\>(**1305#**),
\<stratum\>(**1310#**), and \<temporal\>(**1315#**), respectively.

*Thesauruses are used to standardize keywords, so that there won\'t be
multiple keywords with the same meaning. Computerized searches often
rely on keywords, which become especially important when a customer\'s
ability to locate metadata depends on computerized searches.*

\<themekt\>**1301###** \[Theme keyword thesaurus\] must be used. It is
the name of the thesaurus from which keywords are selected in this
instance of \<theme\>. Replace **1301###** with the name.

\<themekey\>**1302###** \[Theme keyword\] must be used. \<themekey\> is
one keyword from the thesaurus named in \<themekt\>**1301###**.
\<themekey\> is repeatable to allow multiple keywords, which are
desireable. Replace **1302###** with a keyword.

For many NCDC items, two instances of \<theme\>(**1300###**) are
appropriate:

1.  ISO 19115 Topic Category -- A copy of the thesaurus can be found in
    Appendix A of this *Guidebook*. Enter the name of the thesaurus in
    \<themekt\>**1301###**. Select keywords from the thesaurus that
    apply to the item, then make one instance of \<themekey\>**1302###**
    for each keyword. For example, suppose that the keyword
    *ClimatologyMeteorologyAtmosphere, 004* from this thesaurus fits the
    documented item, but no others fit. Then \<theme\> should look like:

> \<theme\>
>
> \<themekt\>**19115 Topic Category**\</themekt\>
>
> \<themekey\>**ClimatologyMeteorologyAtmosphere**\</themekey\>
>
> \<themekey\>**004**\</themekey\>
>
> \</theme\>

Separation of one keyword into two is not essential but is recommended
for this thesaurus.

2.  Data Parameters -- If the item involves data parameters or
    variables, parameter keywords should be used. These keywords come
    from the creation of entries for \<attrlabl\>**5004##**. Please use
    the *keywords*, not the actual *entries* made in
    \<attrlabl\>**5004##**. Refer to the instructions for that tag.
    Create an instance of \<theme\>(**1300###**) using the keywords from
    \<attrlabl\>. Place the thesaurus name in \<themekt\>**1301###** and
    create a new instance of \<themekey\>**1302###** for each keyword.
    \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<place\>(1305#)+**

**\<placekt\>1306##\</placekt\>**

**\<placekey\>(1307##)\</placekey\>+**

**\</place\>**

Place keyword (FGDC element 1.6.2)

Compound tag \<place\>(**1305#**) \[Place keyword\] may optionally be
used. It contains keywords related to geographic location and the name
of a thesaurus (see *Thesauri and thesauruses* on page 6) that are
relevant to the item. \<place\> keywords are often names of physical and
political features on the Earth\'s surface. They suggest geographic
locations, not altitude. \<place\> is repeatable to handle multiple
thesauruses.

\<placekt\>**1306##** \[Place keyword thesaurus\] must be used if
\<place\>(**1305#**) is used. It is the name of the thesaurus from which
all place keywords in this instance of \<place\> are selected. Replace
**1306##** with the name of the thesaurus.

\<placekey\>(**1307##**) \[Place keyword\] must be used if
\<place\>(**1305#**) is used. It is one keyword from the thesaurus named
in \<placekt\>**1306##**. \<placekey\> is repeatable to handle multiple
keywords, which are good. Replace **1307##** with a keyword.

One instance of \<place\>(**1305#**) is recommended for NCDC metadata.
The suggested thesaurus is \"GCMD Locations\" (see *Thesauri and
thesauruses* on page 6). For example, consider an item that includes
global sea surface temperatures. Then \<place\> might look like

\<place\>

\<placekt\>**GCMD Locations**\</placekt\>

\<placekey\>**Global**\</placekey\>

\</place\>

The Earth\'s major geographic locations are listed in the \"GCMD
Locations\" thesaurus. All of them could have been entered in the above
example, but it be a big task of questionable value. Instead, the single
keyword **Global** was chosen in the hope that computerized searches
will be skilled enough to search for the many specific place names that
**Global** implies. This thesaurus also includes **Global Land** and
**Global Ocean**. These forms of \"Global\" are often appropriate for
NCDC data.

As another example, consider an item that includes data from the United
States:

\<place\>

\<placekt\>**GCMD Locations**\</placekt\>

\<placekey\>**United States of America**\</placekey\>

\</place\>

This thesaurus does not list U. S. states. States can be put on the end
of **United States of America** if desired, using the \"\>\" symbol.
This is useful if only a few states are involved. If the states are
Alabama, Mississippi, and Tennessee, the above example becomes:

\<place\>

\<placekt\>**GCMD Locations**\</placekt\>

\<placekey\>**United States of America \> Alabama**\</placekey\>

\<placekey\>**United States of America \> Mississippi**\</placekey\>

\<placekey\>**United States of America \> Tennessee**\</placekey\>

\</place\>

A few keywords at the end of the \"GCMD Locations\" thesaurus are
vertically-oriented locations that imply altitude (e.g. \"Ionosphere\"),
which should not be used here. For those tags, see
\<stratum\>(**1310#**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<stratum\>(1310#)+**

**\<stratkt\>1311##\</stratkt\>**

**\<stratkey\>1312##\</stratkey\>+**

**\</stratum\>**

Stratum keyword (FGDC element 1.6.3)

Compound tag \<stratum\>(**1310#**) \[Stratum keyword\] may optionally
be used. It contains keywords related to altitude or depth, from one
thesaurus (see *Thesauri and thesauruses* on page 6), that are relevant
to the item. \<stratum\> is repeatable to handle multiple thesauruses.

\<stratkt\>**1311##** \[Stratum keyword thesaurus\] must be used if
\<stratum\>(**1310#**) is used. It is the name of a thesaurus from which
all stratum keywords in this instance of \<stratum\> are selected.
Entries are free text. Replace **1311##** with the name of a thesaurus.

\<stratkey\>**1312##** \[Stratum keyword\] must be used when
\<stratum\>(**1310#**) is used. It is one keyword from the thesaurus
named in \<stratkt\>**1311##** and is repeatable. Replace **1312##**
with one stratum keyword from the thesaurus.

One instance of \<stratum\>(**1310#**) is suggested for NCDC metadata.
The suggested thesaurus is \"GCMD Locations\" (see *Thesauri and
thesauruses* on page 6). Most of the listed keywords are place keywords
(horizontal locations). But there is a small group of useful stratum
keywords near the bottom (e.g. \"Ionosphere\").

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<temporal\>(1315#)+**

**\<tempkt\>1316##\</tempkt\>**

**\<tempkey\>1317##\</tempkey\>+**

**\</temporal\>**

Temporal keyword (FGDC element 1.6.4)

Compound tag \<temporal\>(**1315#**) \[Temporal keyword\] may optionally
be used. It has keywords related to time, from one thesaurus (see
*Thesauri and thesauruses* on page 6), that are relevant to the item.
\<temporal\> is repeatable to handle multiple thesauruses.

\<tempkt\>**1316##** \[Temporal keyword thesaurus\] must be used if
\<temporal\>(**1315#**) is used. \<tempkt\> is the name of the thesaurus
from which keywords in this instance of \<temporal\> are selected.
Replace **1316##** with the name of the thesaurus.

\<tempkey\>**1317##** \[Temporal keyword\] must be used when
\<temporal\>(**1315#**) is used. It is one keyword from the thesaurus
named in \<tempkt\>**1316##** and is repeatable to handle multiple
keywords. Multiple keywords are good. Replace **1317##** with a keyword.

GCMD has only one time-related thesaurus; it may not be useful for most
NCDC data, with the possible exception of paleoclimatology data. The
thesaurus refers to the geologic time scale. It is called \"GCMD
Chronostratigraphic Units\" (see *Thesauri and thesaruses* on page 6).
Here is the complete thesaurus:

**Archaen Cambrian Carboniferous Cenozoic**

**Cretaceous Devonian Eocene Holocene**

**Jurassic Mesozoic Miocene Mississippian**

**Neogene Oligocene Ordovician Paleocene**

**Paleogene Paleozoic Pennsylvanian Permian**

**Pleistocene Pliocene Precambrian Proterozoic**

**Quaternary Silurian Tertiary Triassic**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<plainsid\>(1410##)+**

**\<missname\>1411#\</missname\>**

**\<platflnm\>1412##\</platflnm\>**

**\<platfsnm\>1413#\</platfsnm\>**

**\<platfser\>1414#\</platfser\>**

**\<instflnm\>1415##\</instflnm\>**

**\<instshnm\>1416##\</instshnm\>**

**\</plainsid\>**

Platform and Instrument Indentification

Compound tag \<plainsid\>(**1410##**) \[Platform and Instrument
Indentification\] must be used if applicable. It is applicable if a
sensor (such as a radiometer) is used to take data measurements.
\<plainsid\> identifies a sensor and its platform, if any (such as a
satellite). It is repeatable to handle multiple sensors and/or
platforms.

\<missname\>**1411#** \[Mission name\] may optionally be used if
\<plainsid\>(**1410##**) is used. It is the name of the
mission/campaign/project during which data were collected. Replace
**1411#** with the name.

*If* \<missname\>**1411#** *is used, and if \<*campaign\>**1046#** *is
in the template, the latter may optionally be used. To use it, copy the*
\<missname\> *entry into \<*campaign\>*, replacing its label*
**1046#***. If there are several instances of
\<*plainsid\>(**1410##**)*, create a new instance of* \<campaign\> *for
each different \<*missname\>*. See* \<noaainfo\>(**1041###**)*.*

\<platflnm\>**1412##** \[Platform long name\] must be used if
\<plainsid\>(**1410##**) is used. It is the full name of the platform.
Replace **1412##** with the name.

\<platfsnm\>**1413#** \[Platform short name\] may optionally be used if
\<plainsid\>(**1410##**) is used. It is the short name or acronym of the
platform. Replace **1413#** with the name.

*If* \<platflnm\>**1412##** *is used, and if* \<source\>**1045#** *is in
the template, the latter may optionally be used. To use it, copy the
long name* \<platflnm\> *to one instance of* \<source\>*, replacing the
label* **1045#***. Then if the short name* \<platfsnm\>**1414#** *is
used, create a new instance of* \<source\> *and place the* \<platfsnm\>
*entry there, again replacing the label. If there are several instances
of \<*plainsid\>*, repeat this process for each instance. See*
\<noaainfo\>(**1041###**)*.*

\<platfser\>**1414#** \[Platform serial identifier\] may optionally be
used if \<plainsid\>(**1410##**) is used. It is a compound entry created
by concatenating the entry from either \<platflnm\>**1412##** or
\<platfsnm\>**1413#** to the serial identifier of the platform. Replace
**1414#** with the entry.

\<instflnm\>**1415##** \[Instrument full name\] must be used if
\<plainsid\>(**1410##**) is used. It is the full name of the instrument.
Replace **1415##** with the name.

\<instshnm\>**1416##** \[Instrument short name\] must be used if
\<plainsid\>(**1410##**) is used, and if applicable. It is applicable if
the instrument is also known by a formal short name or acronym.
\<instshnm\> is that name or acronym. Replace **1416##** with the name.

*If \<*plainsid\>(**1410##**) *is used, and if* \<sensor\>**1044#** *is
in the template, the latter may optionally be used. To use it, make two
instances of* \<sensor\>*; copy the full name of the instrument*
\<instflnm\>**1415##** *to one instance, replacing the* **1044#**
*label, and copy the short name* \<instshnm\>**1416##** *to the other,
again replacing the label. If there are several instances of
\<*plainsid\>*, repeat this process for each instance. See*
\<noaainfo\>(**1041###**)*.*

*It is recommended that, insofar as possible, thesauruses be used (see
Thesauri and thesauruses on page 6) to obtain names of projects,
instruments, and platforms, in order that the names will be familiar to
the scientific community.*

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<bandidnt\>(1420##)**

**\<numbands\>1421##\</numbands\>**

**\<inbident\>(1422##)+**

**\<bandid\>1423##\</bandid\>**

**\<bmmodid\>1424##\</bmmodid\>**

**\</inbident\>**

**\</bandidnt\>**

Band identification

Exactly one of \<bandidnt\>(**1420##**) or \<thelayid\>(**1430##**) must
be used if the item is data or a data set. Only one is applicable. Use
compound tag \<bandidnt\>(**1420##**) \[Band identification\] if the
data involves instrument wavelengths or other channels. \<bandidnt\>
identifies these wavelengths or channels. Data for which \<bandidnt\> is
applicable is likely to be remote sensing data.

\<numbands\>**1421##** \[Number of bands\] must be used if
\<bandidnt\>(**1420##**) is used. It is an integer that is the number of
instrument bands used. Replace **1421##** with the integer.

0 \< \<numbands\>

Compound tag \<inbident\>(**1422##**) \[Individual band identification\]
must be used if \<numbands\>**1421##** is used. It identifies the
instrument bands. It is repeatable. The number of instances of
\<inbident\> must be the same as the integer entered in \<numbands\>.

\<bandid\>**1423##** \[Band ID\] must be used when
\<inbident\>(**1422##**) is used. It is the free text designation for
one individual measurement band. Replace **1423##** with the
designation.

\<bmmodid\>**1424##** \[Band measurement mode ID\] must be used when
\<inbident\>(**1422##**) is used. It is an identifier designating the
channel, wavelength, and/or field of view of measurement for the band
entered in \<bandid\>**1423##**. Replace **1424##** with the identifier.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<thelayid\>(1430##)**

**\<numthlay\>1431##\</numthlay\>**

**\<layrname\>(1432##)+**

**\<theme\>(1433##)**

**\<themekt\>1434##\</themekt\>**

**\<themekey\>1435##\</themekey\>+**

**\</theme\>**

**\</layrname\>**

**\</thelayid\>**

Thematic layer identification

Exactly one of \<thelayid\>(**1430##**) or \<bandidnt\>(**1420##**) must
be used if the item is data or a data set. Only one is applicable.
Compound tag \<thelayid\>(**1430##**) \[Thematic layer identification\]
documents geospatial parameters (thematic layers), such as soil
temperature, precipitation, surface air temperature, etc. in the data.
Data for which \<thelayid\> is applicable is unlikely to be remote
sensing data. In the event that neither \<thelayid\> nor \<bandidnt\>
seems applicable, use \<thelayid\> (since one of them must be used).
\<thelayid\> gives the opportunity to list data parameters separate from
format information.

*Terminology used in this* \<thelayid\>(**1430##**) *subsection is
consistent with GIS mapping products, such as those created by the U.S.
Geological Survey.*

\<numthlay\>**1431##** \[Number of thematic layers\] must be used if
\<thelayid\>(**1430##**) is used. It is the number (an integer) of
different kinds of data parameters represented in the data. Replace
**1431##** with the integer. If \<thelayid\>(**1430##**) is used because
neither it nor \<bandidnt\>(**1420##**) seems applicable, enter **1**
here. 0 \< \<numthlay\>

Compound tag \<layrname\>(**1432##**) \[Layer name\] must be used if
\<thelayid\>(**1430##**) is used. It names the data parameters (thematic
layers). It is repeatable. The number of instances of \<layrname\> must
be the same as the integer entered in \<numthlay\>**1431##**.

Compound tag \<theme\>(**1433##**) \[Theme keyword\] must be used if
\<layrname\>(**1432##**) is used. \<theme\>(**1433##**) lists names of
thematic layers. See also \<theme\>(**1300###**), which is similar but
lists keywords. \<theme\>(**1433##**) is *not* repeatable. In
\<themekt\>**1434##**, replace **1434##** with the name of a thesaurus
or data dictionary containing the data parameter/thematic layer name. In
\<themekey\>**1435##**, replace **1435##** with the name. \<themekey\>
is repeatable in case there are several versions of the name. If
\<thelayid\>(**1430##**) is used because neither it nor
\<bandidnt\>(**1420##**) seems applicable (see paragraph for
\<thelayid\>(**1430##**) above), use just one instance of
\<theme\>(**1433##**) and enter **None** for both \<themekt\> and
\<themekey\>.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<accconst\>1441###\</accconst\>**

Access constraints (FGDC element 1.7)

\<accconst\>**1441###** \[Access constraints\] must be used. It is an
explanation of restrictions and legal perquisites for accessing the
item. This includes any access constraints applied to protect privacy or
intellectual property, and any special restrictions or limitations on
obtaining the item. For example, certain nations and persons may not
receive certain NCDC data. Replace **1441###** with the explanation. If
there are no restrictions, enter **None**. If restrictions are to be
stated when a customer contacts the distributer about the item, enter
**Contraints provided on request** or similar wording.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<useconst\>1442###\</useconst\>**

Use constraints (FGDC element 1.8)

\<useconst\>**1442###** \[Use constraints\] must be used. It is an
explanation of any restrictions and legal perquisites for using the item
after access is granted. These include any use constraints applied to
protect intellectual property, and any special restrictions or
limitations on using the item. Replace **1442###** with the explanation.
If there are no use constraints, which is the case for most NCDC data,
enter **None**. If restrictions are to be stated when a customer
contacts the distributor about the item, enter **Contraints provided on
request** or similar wording.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<ptcontac\>(1510#)**

**\<cntinfo\>(1511##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</cntinfo\>**

**\</ptcontac\>**

Point of contact (FGDC element 1.9)

Compound tag \<ptcontac\>(**1510#**) \[Point of contact\] may optionally
be used. It documents a person and/or organization that can be contacted
for more technical information about the item. If NCDC is the
organization, the writer may choose not to use \<ptcontac\> because NCDC
contact information will normally be found in tag \<metc\>(**7005###**).
For NCDC items, \<ptcontac\>\'s main importance is to document a point
of contact outside NCDC. The need for an outside contact may arise
because an item archived at NCDC was created elsewhere, and NCDC may
have limited information about it. Thus, \<ptcontac\> is an opportunity
to document a person or organization that knows more about the item.

Compound tag \<cntinfo\>(**1511##**) \[Contact information\] must be
used if \<ptcontac\>(**1510#**) is used. It is the contact information
for a technical contact as mentioned in \<ptcontac\>. \<cntinfo\> is the
generic contact information package from the FGDC publication, Section
10. To use the tags enclosed by \<cntinfo\>, please refer to
\<cntinfo\>(**7006##**) and use the intstructions there as a guide.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<datacred\>1540#\</datacred\>**

Data set credit (FGDC element 1.11)

\<datacred\>**1540#** \[Data set credit\] may optionally be used. It is
a narrative that recognizes people and/or organizations that contributed
to the item. Replace **1540#** with the narrative. What can be entered
in \<datacred\> is fairly open. Here are some thoughts: The item\'s
creators are documented in \<lineage\>(**2020##**), normally; but
\<lineage\> is used only if Section 2 is used, and Section 2 is not a
must-use Section. Perhaps a good use of \<datacred\> is to recognize
minor contributors, or to recognize major and minor contributors when
Section 2 is not used.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<native\>1550#\</native\>**

Native data set environment (FGDC element 1.13)

\<native\>**1550#** \[Native data set environment\] may optionally be
used. It describes data in the producer\'s processing environment,
including information such as the name of the software (including
version), computer operating system (including hostnames, pathnames, and
filenames), and data set size. \<native\> need not be used for physical
objects such as satellite photos, nor for generic digital items such as
text files. It is best used for items that require special environments
or proprietary software (such as UNIX or Microsoft Word). Replace
**1550#** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<crossref\>(1555#)+**

**\<citeinfo\>(1560##)**

**\<origin\>\</origin\>**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</citeinfo\>**

**\<crossref\>**

Cross-references (FGDC element 1.14)

Compound tag \<crossref\>(**1555#**) \[Cross-references\] may optionally
be used. It cites other items that have close relationships to the item
being documented, such as closely related data sets. \<crossref\> is
repeatable.

Compound tag \<citeinfo\>(**1560##**) \[Citation information\] must be
used if \<crossref\>(**1555#**) is used. \<citeinfo\> is the generic
citation information package from the FGDC publication, Section 8. In
this case, other items with a close relationship to the current item are
cited, as mentioned in \<crossref\>. To use the tags enclosed by
\<citeinfo\>, please refer to \<citeinfo\>(**1002###**) and use the
instructions there as a guide.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<agginfo\>(1600#)+**

**\<conpckid\>(1601#)+**

**\<datsetid\>1602##\</datsetid\>**

**\</conpckid\>**

**\<compinfo\>(1605#)**

**\<aggmemid\>(1606##)+**

**\<datsetid\>1607##\</datsetid\>**

**\</aggmemid\>**

**\<aggcrit\>1608##\</aggcrit\>+**

**\</compinfo\>**

**\</agginfo\>**

Aggregation information

Compound tag \<agginfo\>(**1600#**) \[Aggregation information\] may
optionally be used. However, its use is recommended if it is relevant to
the item. It describes data aggregation as it applies to the item. It
applies if the item\'s data is one component of a larger data
aggregation, or is itself an aggregation of smaller data components.
Data aggregation is discussed in more detail in Appendix B -- Data
Aggregation. \<agginfo\> describes the relationship of the item to its
container or components. \<agginfo\> is repeatable, to handle multiple
aggregation situations.

Compound tag \<conpckid\>(**1601#**) \[Container packet ID\] may
optionally be used if \<agginfo\>(**1600#**) is used. Use \<conpckid\>
when the item is one component of a larger aggregation. \<conpckid\>
identifies that aggregation (container packet). \<conpckid\> is
repeatable, in case the item is a component of more than one
aggregation.

\<datasetid\>**1602##** \[Data set identifier\] must be used if
\<conpckid\>(**1601#**) is used. It is the FGDC ID of an aggregation
mentioned in \<conpckid\>. See \<datsetid\>**1000###** for an
explanation of the FGDC ID.

Compound tag \<compinfo\>(**1605#**) \[Component information\] may
optionally be used if \<agginfo\>(**1600#**) is used. Use \<compinfo\>
when the item is an aggregation of smaller components. It identifies the
components.

Compound tag \<aggmemid\>(**1606##**) \[Aggregation member ID\] must be
used if \<compinfo\>(**1605#**) is used. It is the identifier of a
component mentioned in \<compinfo\>. It is repeatable to handle multiple
components. See \<datsetid\>**1000###** for an explanation of the FGDC
ID.

\<datasetid\>**1607##** \[Data set identifier\] must be used if
\<aggmemid\>(**1606##**) is used. It is an FGDC ID, the identifier
mentioned in \<aggmemid\>. Replace **1607##** with the FGDC ID. See
\<datsetid\>**1000###** for an explanation of the FGDC ID.

\<aggcrit\>**1608##** \[Aggregation criteria\] must be used if
\<compinfo\>(**1605#**) is used. It is one of the criteria by which the
data set\'s components entered in \<datasetid\>**1607##** were chosen
for inclusion. Replace **1608##** with a free text explanation of a
criterion. \<aggcrit\> is repeatable to handle multiple criteria.

*For more about FGDC IDs, see* \<datasetid\>**1000###**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</idinfo\>**

End of Section 1

**Section 2: Data Quality and Lineage Information**

[[]{#Section_2_Data_Quality_and_Lineage .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Section_1_Identification_Information)
[►](#Section_3_Spatial_Data_Organization)**

**\<dataqual\>**

**Tags enclosed by** \<dataqual\>\</dataqual\> **are Section 2, which
describes the item\'s data quality and lineage. Lineage is an
explanation of the item\'s creation, of its creators and contributors,
and of any source data used, to any desired level of detail. All tags in
Section 2 begin with \"2\".**

***Section 2 must be used if any of the information stated above is
available, else the Section is optional.***

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<attraccr\>2001##\</attraccr\>**

Attribute accuracy report (FGDC element 2.1.1)

\<attraccr\>**2001##** \[Attribute accuracy report\] must be used if
Section 2 is used, and if applicable. It is applicable if data accuracy
can be described in a meaningful way. \<attraccr\> is that description.
It should include any tests performed, methodologies, statistical
analyses, cross-referencing, parallel independent measures, results
obtained, etc. The description should *not* include horizontal and
vertical positional accuracy, which are handled separately in tags
\<horizpa\>(**2010##**) and \<vertacc\>**2009##**. Replace **2001##**
with the description. **Unknown, Not available**, or **Not provided**
are also valid entries. If \<qattracc\>(**2002#**) is used, the
description in \<attraccr\> should be consistent with it.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<qattracc\>(2002#)+**

**\<attraccv\>2003##\</attraccv\>**

**\<attracce\>2004##\</attracce\>**

**\</qattracc\>**

Quantitative attribute accuracy assessment (FGDC element 2.1.2)

Compound tag \<qattracc\>(**2002#**) \[Quantitative attribute accuracy
assessment\] may optionally be used if Section 2 is used. It is a
numerical or quantitative estimate of the data\'s accuracy. The estimate
should be consistent with what is entered in \<attraccr\>**2001##**,
\<horizpar\>**2006##** and \<vertaccr\>**2009##**. \<qattracc\> is
repeatable to handle several estimates.

\<attraccv\>**2003##** \[Attribute accuracy value\] must be used if
\<qattracc\>(**2002#**) is used. It is a free text estimate of the
accuracy of the identification of the entities and the assignments of
attribute values in the data. **Unknown** is a valid entry. Replace
**2003##** with the entry.

\<attracce\>**2004##** \[Attribute accuracy explanation\] must be used
if \<attraccr\>(**2002#**) is used. It is an explanation of how the
entry in \<attraccv\>**2003##** was derived. Replace **2004##** with the
explanation.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<logic\>2005##\</logic\>**

Logical consistency report (FGDC element 2.2)

\<logic\>**2005##** \[Logical consistency report\] must be used if
Section 2 is used. It is an explanation of the fidelity of relationships
encoded in the item\'s data structure. Explain any tests applied and
their dates, software used, results, whether problems were corrected.
Examples of fidelity issues:

-   Are only permissible values are found in the data?

-   In graphical data,

    -   Do lines intersect only where intended?

    -   Are all lines entered only once?

    -   Are all areas completely described?

    -   Are there no overshoots or undershoots?

    -   Are no polygons too small, and no lines too close?

-   In areal coverage data transmitted as chains or derived from chains,

    -   Do all chains intersect at nodes?

    -   Are cycles of chains and nodes consistent around polygons? Or,
        alternatively, are cycles of chains and polygons consistent
        around nodes?

    -   Are inner rings imbedded consistently in enclosing polygons?

**Not applicable** and **Unknown** are also valid entries. Replace
**2005##** with the entry.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<complete\>2006##\</complete\>**

Completeness report (FGDC element 2.3)

\<complete\>**2006##** \[Completeness report\] must be used if Section 2
is used. It is an explanation of the inclusiveness of the item\'s data.
(This is different from \<progress\>**1202###**, which says how close
the item is to completion, time-wise.) The explanation should include
data omissions, data selection criteria, generalizations, definitions
used, and other similar rules used to produce the item in its present
form. Replace **2006##** with the explanation.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<horizpa\>(2010##)**

**\<horizpar\>2011##\</horizpar\>**

**\<qhorizpa\>(2012#)+**

**\<horizpav\>2013##\</horizpav\>**

**\<horizpae\>2014##\</horizpae\>**

**\</qhorizpa\>**

**\</horizpa\>**

Horizontal positional accuracy (FGDC element 2.4.1)

Compound tag \<horizpa\>(**2010##**) \[Horizontal positional accuracy\]
must be used if Section 2 is used, and if applicable. It is applicable
if the accuracy of the data as it pertains to horizontal locations can
be described. \<horizpa\> is that description.

\<horizpar\>**2011##** \[Horizontal positional accuracy report\] must be
used if \<horizpa\>(**2010##**) is used. It is a report on the accuracy
of the horizontal coordinate measurements, including any accuracy tests
used. Replace **2011##** with the report.

Compound tag \<qhorizpa\>(**2012#**) \[Quantitative horizontal
positional accuracy assessment\] may optionally be used if
\<horizpa\>**2010##** is used. It is a number that characterizes
horizontal accuracy, and an explanation of the number. \<qhorizpa\> is
repeatable, to handle several such numbers.

\<horizpav\>**2013##** \[Horizontal positional accuracy value\] must be
used if \<qhorizpa\>(**2012#**) is used. It is the horizontal accuracy
number mentioned in \<qhorizpa\>(**2012#**). It is a real
(floating-point) number, expressed in (ground) meters. Replace
**2013##** with the number.

\<horizpae\>**2014##** \[Horizontal positional accuracy explanation\]
must be used if \<qhorizpa\>(**2012#**) is used. It is an explanation or
identification of the test that yielded the number in
\<horizpav\>**2013##**. Replace **2014##** with the explanation.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<vertacc\>(2015##)**

**\<vertaccr\>2016##\</vertaccr\>**

**\<qvertpa\>(2017#)+**

**\<vertaccv\>2018##\</vertaccv\>**

**\<vertacce\>2019##\</vertacce\>**

**\</qvertpa\>**

**\</vertacc\>**

Vertical positional accuracy (FGDC element 2.4.2)

Compound tag \<vertacc\>(**2015##**) \[Vertical positional accuracy\]
must be used if Section 2 is used, and if applicable. It is applicable
if the accuracy of the data as it pertains to vertical locations can be
described. \<vertacc\> is that description.

\<vertaccr\>**2016##** \[Vertical positional accuracy report\] must be
used if \<vertacc\>(**2015##**) is used. It is a report on the accuracy
of the vertical coordinate measurements which describes the tests used.
Replace **2016##** with the report.

Compound tag \<qvertpa\>(**2017#**) \[Quantitative vertical positional
accuracy assessment\] may optionally be used if \<vertaccr\>(**2015##**)
is used. It is a number that represents vertical accuracy, and an
explanation of that number. The tag is repeatable, in case there are
several such numbers.

\<vertaccv\>**2018##** \[Vertical positional accuracy value\] must be
used if \<qvertpa\>(**2017#**) is used. It is the vertical positional
accuracy value, expressed as a real (floating-point) number. Replace
**2018##** with the number. Units are (ground) meters.

\<vertacce\>**2019##** \[Vertical positional accuracy explanation\] must
be used if \<qvertpa\>(**2017#**) is used. It is an explanation or
identification of the test that yielded the vertical positional accuracy
value entered in \<vertaccv\>**2018##**. Replace **2019##** with the
explanation.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<lineage\>(2020##)**

Lineage (FGDC element 2.5)

Compound tag \<lineage\>(**2020##**) \[Lineage\] must be used if Section
2 is used. It is the events, parameters, and source data which created
the item\'s data, and the responsible people and organizations.
\<lineage\> encloses all tags from here to \</lineage\>, which is
several pages away.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<srcinfo\>(2025##)+**

**\<srccite\>**

**\<citeinfo\>(2030##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</citeinfo\>**

**\</srccite\>**

**\<srcscale\>2041##\</srcscale\>+**

**\<typesrc\>2042##\</typesrc\>**

**\<srctime\>(2045##)**

**\<timeinfo\>(2050##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</timeinfo\>**

**\<srccurr\>2060##\</srccurr\>**

**\</srctime\>**

**\<srccitea\>2061##\</srccitea\>**

**\<srccontr\>2062##\</srccontr\>**

**\</srcinfo\>**

Source information (FGDC element 2.5.1)

Compound tag \<srcinfo\>(**2025##**) \[Source information\] must be used
if \<lineage\>(**2020##**) is used, and if applicable. It is applicable
if any source data is utilized to produce the item. Of course, an
original item would have no source data. \<srcinfo\> describes the
source data and what it contributes. \<srcinfo\> is repeatable for
multiple sources.

Compound tag \<citeinfo\>(**2030##**) \[Citation information\] must be
used if \<srcinfo\>(**2025##**) is used. \<citeinfo\> is the generic
citation information package from the FGDC publication, Section 8. In
this case, it cites the source data mentioned in \<srcinfo\>. To use the
tags enclosed by \<citeinfo\>, refer to \<citeinfo\>(**1002###**) and
its enclosed tags, and use the instructions there as guides.

\<scrscale\>**2041##** \[Source scale denominator\] must be used if
\<srcinfo\>(**2025##**) is used, and if applicable. It is applicable if
the source data has been characterized on a scaled map whose scale is
known. \<scrscale\>is the denominator (an integer) of the map scale,
given a numerator of 1. For example, on a 1:24,000-scale map, the
denominator is 24000. Replace **2041##** with the denominator.
\<scrscale\> is repeatable, to handle multiple scales for this source. 0
\< \<scrscale\>

\<typescr\>**2042##** \[Type of source media\] must be used if
\<srcinfo\>(**2025##**) is used. It is the name of the medium on which
the source was stored. Replace **2042##** with the name, or choose one
of

**paper stable-base material microfiche**

**microfilm audiocassette chart**

**filmstrip transparency videocassette**

**videodisc videotape physical model**

**computer program disc cartridge tape**

**magnetic tape online CD-ROM**

**electronic bulletin board electronic mail system**

Compound tag \<timeinfo\>(**2050##**) \[Time information\] must be used
if \<srcinfo\>(**2025##**) is used. It is the time period(s) for which
the source data set has data. \<timeinfo\> encloses the standard
date/time tag package from the FGDC publication, Section 9. Refer to
tags \<sngdate\>(**1060##**) through \<rngdates\>(**1070##**).

\<scrcurr\>**2060##** \[Source currentness reference\] must be used if
\<srcinfo\>(**2025##**) is used. It describes the kind of events to
which the dates/times in \<timeinfo\>(**2050##**) refer. Replace
**2060##** with free text, or choose one of **Ground condition** or
**Publication date**. Refer to \<current\>**1201###** for the meanings
of the two choices.

\<srccitea\>**2061##** \[Source citation abbreviation\] must be used if
\<srcinfo\>(**2025##**) is used. It is a short alias for the source
cited in \<citeinfo\>(**2030##**). An informal alias is OK if a formal
one is not available. The purpose of \<srccitea\> is to provide a source
name that can be reused in \<srcused\>**2067##**, and \<srccitea\> is
less important if that Replace **2061##** with the name. **None** and
**Unknown** are valid entries.

\<srccontr\>**2062##** \[Source contribution\] must be used if
\<srcinfo\>(**2025##**) is used. It is a brief statement identifying
what is contributed to the item by the source named in
\<srccitea\>**2061##**. Replace **2062##** with the statement.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<procstep\>(2065##)+**

**\<procdesc\>2066##\</procdesc\>**

**\<srcused\>2067##\</srcused\>+**

**\<procdate\>2068##\</procdate\>**

**\<proctime\>2069#\</proctime\>**

**\<srcprod\>2070##\</srcprod\>+**

**\<proccont\>(2075#)**

**\<cntinfo\>(2080##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</cntinfo\>**

**\</proccont\>**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</procstep\>**

Process step (FGDC element 2.5.2)

Compound tag \<procstep\>(**2065##**) \[Process step\] must be used if
\<lineage\>(**2020##**) is used. It documents a major step in the
creation of the item. It is repeatable for multiple steps. For an
original item (with no particular lineage), use a single instance of
\<procstep\> to explain how the item was created.

\<procdesc\>**2066##** \[Process description\] must be used if
\<procstep\>(**2065##**) is used. It is an explanation of this one
process step, including any related parameters or tolerances. **None**
and **Unknown** are valid entries. Replace **2066##** with the entry.

\<srcused\>**2067##** \[Source used citation abbreviation\] must be used
if \<procstep\>(**2065##**) is used, and if applicable. It is applicable
if any source data is used in this process step. \<srcused\> is the name
of the source data. (This name must also appear in an instance of
\<srccitea\>**2061##** or \<srcprod\>**2070##**.) Replace **2067##**
with the appropriate name. \<srcused\> is repeatable to handle multiple
sources of data.

\<procdate\>**2068##** \[Process date\] must be used if
\<procstep\>(**2065##**) is used. It is the calendar date when this
process step was completed, in YYYYMMDD format. **Unknown**, **Not
complete** and **Not applicable** are also valid entries. Replace
**2068##** with the entry.

\<proctime\>**2069#** \[Process time\] may optionally be used if
\<procstep\>(**2065##**) is used. It is the time that this process step
was completed, in 24-hour clock time. The full format is HHMMSSSS or
HHMMSSSSZ, where SSSS is seconds to the nearest tenth or hundredth and Z
indicates Universal time. The time can be rounded off as desired.
**Unknown** is a valid entry, although in this case the best choice is
to remove the label and leave the tag empty. Replace **2069#** with the
entry.

\<srcprod\>**2070##** \[Source produced citation abbreviation\] must be
used if \<procstep\>(**2065##**) is used, and if applicable. It is
applicable if the process step described in \<procdesc\>**2066##**
creates intermediate data that is (1) significant in the opinion of the
data producer, (2) generated in this process step, and (3) employed in a
later process step. \<srcprod\> is a short name or alias for this
intermediate data. Replace **2070##** with the name. (An entry here must
also appear in the appropriate \<srcused\>**2067##**, as indicated in
the intructions for that tag. A major reason for \<srcprod\> is to
create names that can be used in \<srcused\>.) \<srcprod\> is repeatable
to handle multiple intermediate data sets.

Compound tag \<proccont\>(**2075#**) \[Process contact\] may optionally
be used if \<procstep\>(**2065##**) is used. It is contact information
about a person or organization that is familiar with this process step.
(When considering whether to use this tag and what to enter here, note
that metadata contact information for NCDC is always given in
\<metc\>(**7005###**).)

Compound tag \<cntinfo\>(**2080##**) \[Contact information\] must be
used if \<proccont\>(**2075#**) is used. \<cntinfo\> is the generic
contact information in the FGDC publication, Section 10. In this case,
it is the contact information mentioned in \<proccont\>. To see how to
use the tags enclosed by \<cntinfo\>(**2080##**), refer to
\<cntinfo\>(**7006##**) and use the instructions there as guides.

*Note: a long run of tags after the end of* \<cntinfo\>(**2080##**)*,
beginning with* \<algoinfo\>*, has been omitted due to its probable lack
of application for NCDC metadata writers, and its length. The*
\<algoinfo\> *tags document any [algorithms]{.underline} used in the
process step described in* \<procdesc\>**2066##***, including history,
development, utilization, creators and contributors, and other
information, about the algorithms. The tags are in the template and are
unlabeled. The writer may use these tags if they seem to be beneficial.*

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</lineage\>(2020##)**

End of \<lineage\>(**2020##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<imagqual\>2501#\</imagqual\>**

Image quality

\<imagqual\>**2501#** \[Image quality\] may optionally be used if
Section 2 is used. It is a description of image quality and applies, of
course, to an item that is or contains an image. Replace **2501#** with
the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<acqinfo\>(2505#)**

**\<satlocza\>2506##\</satlocza\>**

**\<satlocaa\>2507##\</satlocaa\>**

**\<solarzea\>2508##\</solarzea\>**

**\<solaraza\>2509##\</solaraza\>**

**\<relazi\>2511##\</relazi\>**

**\<clocdrft\>2512##\</clocdrft\>**

**\<ascdscin\>2513##\</ascdscin\>**

**\<nadir\>(2515#)**

**\<nadirlat\>2516##\</nadirlat\>**

**\<nadirlon\>2517##\</nadirlon\>**

**\</nadir\>**

**\</acqinfo\>**

Acquisition information

Compound tag \<acqinfo\>(**2505#**) \[Acquisition information\] may
optionally be used if Section 2 is used. It applies to satellite data.
It documents the configuration under which data was acquired, including
satellite and solar position and time correction.

\<satlocza\>**2506##** \[Satellite/local zenith angle\] must be used if
\<acqinfo\>(**2505#**) is used. It is the angle at the viewed point
between the zenith at the viewed point and the satellite. The angle is a
real (floating-point) number, representing degrees. Replace **2506##**
with the angle.

‑180.0 \<= \<satlocza\> \<= 180.0

\<satlocaa\>**2507##** \[Satellite/local azimuth angle\] must be used if
\<acqinfo\>(**2505#**) is used. It is the angle at the viewest point,
measured in the horizontal plane at the viewed point, between the north
direction and the direction to the satellite, measured in degrees
eastward from north. The angle is a real (floating-point) number.
Replace **2507##** with the angle.

‑180.0 \<= \<satlocaa\> \<= 180.0

\<solarzea\>**2508##** \[Solar zenith angle\] must be used if
\<acqinfo\>(**2505#**) is used. It is the angle at the viewed point
between the zenith at the viewed point and the Sun, in degrees. The
angle is a real (floating-point) number. Replace **2508##** with the
angle.

‑180.0 \<= \<solarzea\> \<= 180.0

\<solaraza\>**2509##** \[Solar azimuth angle\] must be used if
\<acqinfo\>(**2505#**) is used. It is the angle at the viewed point,
measured in the horizontal plane at the viewed point, between the north
direction and the direction to the Sun, measured in degrees eastward
from north. The angle is a real (floating-point) number. Replace
**2509##** with the angle.

‑180.0 \<= \<solaraza\> \<= 180.0

\<relazi\>**2511##** \[Relative azimuth\] must be used if
\<acqinfo\>(**2505#**) is used, and if applicable. It is the angle at
the viewed point, measured in the horizontal plane at the viewed point,
clockwise in degrees from the azimuth of the Sun to the azimuth of the
satellite. The angle is a real (floating-point) number. Replace
**2511##** with the angle. ‑180.0 \<= \<relazi\> \<= 180.0

\<clocdrft\>**2512##** \[Clock time/drift\] must be used if
\<acqinfo\>(**2505#**) is used. It is the error correction from GMT
needed to correct the time lag for scan data. It is a real
(floating-point) number representing milliseconds. Replace **2512##**
with the number.

‑75.0 \<= \<clocdrft\> \<= 75.0

\<ascdscin\>**2513##** \[Ascending/descending indicator\] must be used
if \<acqinfo\>(**2505#**) is used. It is a single digit, 0 or 1, that
indicates whether the satellite is moving northward or southward,
respectively. Replace **2513##** with **0** or **1**.

Compound tag \<nadir\>(**2515#**) \[Nadir\] may optionally be used if
\<acqinfo\>(**2505#**) is used. It is the location of the point directly
beneath the platform or satellite.

\<nadirlat\>**2516##** \[Nadir latitude\] must be used if
\<nadir\>(**2515#**) is used. It is the latitude in degrees of the
nadir. The latitude is a real (floating-point) number. Replace
**2516##** with the number. ‑90.0 \<= \<nadirlat\> \<=90.0

\<nadirlon\>**2517##** \[Nadir longitude\] must be used if
\<nadir\>(**2515#**) is used. It is the longitude in degrees of the
nadir. The longitude is a real (floating-point) number. Replace
**2517##** with the number. ‑180.0 \<= \<nadirlon\> \< 180.0

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<cloud\>2518#\</cloud\>**

Cloud cover (FGDC element 2.6)

\<cloud\>**2518#** \[Cloud cover\] may optionally be used if Section 2
is used. It is the area of the data obstructed by clouds, expressed as a
percentage (an integer) of the spatial extent. Replace **2518#** with
the integer. This tag is intended for remote sensing or other
instantaneous data, and may not be of great benefit for meteorological
data. 0 \<= \<cloud\> \<= 100

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</dataqual\>**

End of Section 2

**Section 3: Spatial Data Organization Information**

[[]{#Section_3_Spatial_Data_Organization .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Section_2_Data_Quality_and_Lineage)
[►](#Section_4_Spatial_Reference_Information)**

**\<spdoinfo\>**

**Tags enclosed by** \<spdoinfo\>\</spdoinfo\> **are Section 3, which
describes how geospatial data consisting of points, vectors, or rasters
is organized and presented. Labels in Section 3 begin with \"3\".**

***Section 3 is optional.***

***Section 3 is recommended for NCDC metadata writers if an
understanding of the item\'s spatial data requires its use.***

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<indspref\>3001##\</indspref\>**

Indirect spatial reference (FGDC element 3.1)

\<indspref\>**3001##** \[Indirect spatial reference\] must be used if
Section 3 is used, and if applicable. It is applicable if any kind of
indirect spatial referencing is used in the item\'s data. \<indspref\>
is the name of the types of geographic features, addressing schemes, or
other means through which locations are indirectly referenced in the
data. Replace **3001##** with a word, phrase, or short explanation.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<direct\>3002##\</direct\>**

Direct spatial reference method (FGDC element 3.2)

\<direct\>**3002##** \[Direct spatial reference method\] must be used if
Section 3 is used, and if applicable. It is applicable if direct spatial
referencing is used in the item\'s data. \<direct\> is the name of the
direct reference method, i.e. the system of objects used to represent
space in the data set. Replace **3002##** with one of **Point**,
**Vector**, or **Raster**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<ptvctinf\>(3005#)**

**\<sdtsterm\>(3010##)+**

**\<sdtstype\>3011##\</sdtstype\>**

**\<ptvctcnt\>3012#\</ptvctcnt\>**

**\</sdtsterm\>**

**\<vpfterm\>(3015##)**

**\<vpflevel\>3016##\</vpflevel\>**

**\<vpfinfo\>(3020##)+**

**\<vpftype\>3021##\</vpftype\>**

**\<ptvctcnt\>3022#\</ptvctcnt\>**

**\</vpfinfo\>**

**\</vpfterm\>**

**\</ptvctinf\>**

Point and vector object information (FGDC element 3.3)

Compound tag \<ptvctinf\>(**3005#**) \[Point and vector object
information\] may optionally be used if Section 3 is used, and if
\<rastinfo\>(**3025#**) is not used. If **Point** or **Vector** was
entered in \<direct\>**3002##,** \<ptvctinf\> is applicable. If
**Raster** was entered, \<rastinfo\> is applicable. \<ptvctinf\> is the
types and numbers of vector or nongridded point spatial objects in the
data.

Compound tag \<sdtsterm\>(**3010##**) \[SDTS terminology description\]
must be used if \<ptvctinf\>(**3005#**) is used, and if
\<vpfterm\>(**3015##**) is not used. \<sdtsterm\> and \<vpfterm\> use
two different terminology sets, of which only one can be selected.
\<sdtsterm\> uses the terminology and concepts from \"Spatial Data
Concepts\", which is Chapter 2 of Part 1 in

> Department of Commerce, 1992, Spatial Data Transfer Standard (SDTS)
> (Federal Information Processing Standard 173): Washington, Department
> of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology

Note that this reference to the SDTS is used ONLY to provide a set of
terminology for point and vector objects. \<sdtsterm\>(**3010##**) is
repeatable to handle several types of points or vectors.

\<sdtstype\>**3011##** \[SDTS point and vector object type\] must be
used if \<sdtsterm\>(**3010##**) is used. It is the name of point and
vector spatial objects used to locate positions in 0, 1, and 2
dimensions in the data. The DOC publication mentioned in
\<sdtsterm\>(**3010##**) provides the terminology. Replace **3011##**
with one of:

**Point Entity point**

**Label point Area point**

**Node, planar graph Node, network**

**String Link**

**Complete chain Area chain**

**Network chain, planar graph Network chain, nonplanar graph**

**Circular arc, three point center Elliptical arc**

**Uniform B-spline Piecewise Bezier**

**Ring with mixed composition Ring composed of strings**

**Ring composed of chains Ring composed of arcs**

**G-polygon GT-polygon composed of rings**

**GT-polygon composed of chains Universe polygon composed of rings**

**Universe polygon composed of chains Void polygon composed of rings**

**Void polygon composed of chains**

\<ptvctcnt\>(**3012#**) \[Point and vector object count\] may optionally
be used if \<sdtsterm\>(**3010##**) is used. It is an integer that
indicates how many point or vector objects occur in the data. Replace
**3012#** with the integer. 0 \< \<ptvctcnt\>

Compound tag \<vpfterm\>(**3015##**) \[VPF terms description\] must be
used if \<ptvctinf\>(**3005#**) is used, and if \<sdtsterm\>(**3010##**)
is not used. \<sdtsterm\> and \<vpfterm\> use two different terminology
sets, of which only one can be selected. \<vpfterm\> is point and vector
information using the terminology and concepts from

> Department of Defense, 1992, Vector Product Format (MIL-STD-600006):
> Philadelphia, Department of Defense, Defense Printing Service
> Detachment Office

This reference to the VPF is used ONLY to provide a set of terminology
for point and vector objects.

\<vpflevel\>**3016##** \[VPF topology level\] must be used if
\<vpfterm\>(**3015##**) is used. It is a single digit indicating the
level of completeness of the topology carried by the data. Replace
**3016##** with one of **0**, **1**, **2**, or **3**. These levels are
defined in the Department of Defense publication cited in \<vpfterm\>.

Compound tag \<vpfinfo\>(**3020##**) \[VPF point and vector object
information\] must be used if \<vpfterm\>(**3015##**) is used. It is
information about VPF point and vector objects. It is repeatable.

\<vpftype\>**3021##** \[VPF point and vector object type\] must be used
if \<vpfinfo\>(**3020##**) is used. It is the name of point and vector
spatial objects used to locate positions in 0, 1, and 2 dimensions in
the data. Replace **3021##** with one of **Node**, **Edge**, **Face**,
or **Text**. These names are defined in the Department of Defense
publication cited in \<vpfterm\>(**3015##**).

\<ptvctcnt\>(**3022#**) \[Point and vector object count\] may optionally
be used if \<vpfinfo\>(**3020##**) is used. Like
\<ptvctcnt\>(**3012#**), it is an integer that indicates how many
instances of the point or vector object type occur in the data. Replace
**3022#** with the entry.

0 \< \<ptvctcnt\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<rastinfo\>(3025#)**

**\<cvaltype\>3026##\</cvaltype\>**

**\<rasttype\>3027##\</rasttype\>**

**\<rowcount\>3028#\</rowcount\>**

**\<colcount\>3029#\</colcount\>**

**\<vrtcount\>3031#\</vrtcount\>**

**\<dimdesc\>(3035##)**

**\<nodatdim\>3036##\</nodatdim\>**

**\<dimprops\>(3040##)+**

**\<namedim\>3041##\</namedim\>**

**\<dimcount\>3042##\</dimcount\>**

**\</dimprops\>**

**\</dimdesc\>**

**\</rastinfo\>**

Raster object information (FGDC element 3.4)

Compound tag \<rastinfo\>(**3025#**) \[Raster object information\] may
optionally be used if Section 3 is used, and if \<ptvctinf\>(**3005#**)
is not used. \<rastinfo\> should be chosen over \<ptvctinf\> if
**Raster** was entered in \<direct\>**3002##**. \<rastinfo\> documents
the types and numbers of raster spatial objects in the data.

\<cvaltype\>**3026##** \[Cell value type\] must be used if
\<rastinfo\>(**3025#**) is used. It is the name of the bit
representation of the data value in a raster cell. Replace **3026##**
with the name, or choose one of

**unsigned eight-bit integer**

**signed eight-bit integer**

**big endian unsigned sixteen-bit integer**

**big endian signed sixteen-bit integer**

**little endian unsigned sixteen-bit integer**

**little endian signed sixteen-bit integer**

**big endian unsigned thirty-two bit integer**

**big endian signed thirty-two bit integer**

**little-endian unsigned thirty-two bit integer**

**little endian signed thirty-two bit integer**

**big endian single precision IEEE floating point**

**big endian double precision IEEE floating point**

**little endian single precision IEEE floating point**

**little endian double precision IEEE floating point**

\<rasttype\>**3027##** \[Raster object type\] must be used if
\<cvaltype\>**3026##** is used, and if \<dimdesc\>(**3035##**) is not
used. \<rasttype\> is the type of raster spatial objects used to locate
0‑, 2‑, or 3-dimensional locations in the data. Replace **3027##** with
one of **Point**, **Pixel**, **Grid Cell**, **Voxel**, or **Swath**. The
first 3 choices, **Point**, **Pixel**, and **Grid Cell**, are from the
Department of Commerce publication cited in \<sdtsterm\>(**3010##**).

\<rowcount\>**3028#** \[Row count\] may optionally be used if
\<cvaltype\>**3026##** is used, and if \<dimdesc\>(**3035##**) is not
used. It is the maximum number (an integer) of raster objects along the
ordinate (y) axis. Replace **3028#** with the integer. \<rowcount\>
should be used for raster objects that are rectangular or rectangular
volumetric. 0 \< \<rowcount\>

\<colcount\>**3029#** \[Column count\] may optionally be used if
\<cvaltype\>**3026##** is used, and if \<dimdesc\>(**3035##**) is not
used. \<colcount\> is the maximum number (an integer) of raster objects
along the abscissa (x) axis. Replace **3029#** with the integer.
\<colcount\> should be used for raster objects that are rectangular or
rectangular volumetric. 0 \< \<colcount\>

\<vrtcount\>**3031#** \[Vertical count\] may optionally be used if
\<cvaltype\>**3026##** is used, and if \<dimdesc\>(**3035##**) is not
used. \<vrtcount\> is the maximum number (an integer) of raster objects
along the vertical (z) axis. Replace **3031#** with the integer.
\<vrtcount\> should be used for rectangular volumetric raster objects. 0
\< \<vrtcount\>

Compound tag \<dimdesc\>(**3035##**) \[Dimension description\] must be
used if \<cvaltype\>**3026##** is used, and if \<rasttype\>**3027##**,
\<rowcount\>**3028#**, \<colcount\>**3029#**, and \<vrtcount\>**3031#**
are not used. \<dimdesc\> is the specification for the independent axes
in the coordinate system in which spatial data are located.

\<nodatim\>**3036##** \[Number of data dimensions\] must be used if
\<dimdesc\>(**3035##**) is used. It is the number (an integer) of axes
used in the spatial data matrix. Replace **3036##** with the integer. 0
\< \<nodatim\>

Compound tag \<dimprops\>(**3040##**) \[Dimension properties\] must be
used if \<dimdesc\>(**3035##**) is used. It is a description of one axis
in the spatial data matrix. It is repeatable to handle all axes. The
number of instances of \<dimprops\> must be the same as the number of
axes, which is the same as the entry in \<nodatim\>**3036##**.

\<namedim\>**3041##** \[Name of dimension\] must be used if
\<dimprops\>(**3040##**) is used. It is the name of one axis in the
spatial data matrix. Replace **3041##** with a name, or choose one of
**row**, **column**, **vertical**, or **band**.

\<dimcount\>**3042##** \[Dimension count\] must be used if
\<dimprops\>(**3040##**) is used. It is the maximum number (an integer)
of data points along the axis whose name was entered in
\<namedim\>**3041##**. Replace **3042##** with the integer. 0 \<
\<dimcount\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</spdoinfo\>**

End of Section 3

**Section 4: Spatial Reference Information**

[[]{#Section_4_Spatial_Reference_Information .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Section_3_Spatial_Data_Organization)
[►](#Section_5_Entity_and_Attribute)**

**\<spref\>**

**All tags enclosed by** \<spref\>\</spref\> **are Section 4, which
describes the spatial reference system of geospatial data. Labels in
Section 4 begin with \"4\".**

***Section 4 is optional.***

***Section 4 is recommended if the item contains remote sensing data
whose spatial referencing methods need to be included with the item\'s
metadata.***

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<horizsys\>(4001##)**

Horizontal coordinate system definition (FGDC element 4.1)

Compound tag \<horizsys\>(**4001##**) \[Horizontal coordinate system
definition\] must be used if Section 4 is used, and if applicable. It is
applicable if there is a horizontal coordinate system used in the
item\'s data. \<horizsys\> describes the horizontal coordinate system
that a point occupies, or it describes the reference frame or system
from which linear or angular quantities are measured and assigned to the
position that a point occupies. \<horizsys\> encloses all tags between
here and \</horizsys\>, which is several pages away.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<geograph\>(4005##)**

**\<latres\>4006##\</latres\>**

**\<longres\>4007##\</longres\>**

**\<geogunit\>4008##\</geogunit\>**

**\</geograph\>**

Geographic (FGDC element 4.1.1)

Compound tag \<geograph\>(**4005##**) \[Geographic\] must be used if
\<horizsys\>(**4001##**) is used, and if \<planar\>(**4010##**) and
\<local\>(**4280##**) are not used. Only one of \<geograph\>,
\<planar\>, or \<local\> is applicable. \<geograph\> is applicable when
the horizontal coordinate system involves latitudes and longitudes that
specify points on the Earth\'s surface with respect to a reference
spheroid. \<geograph\> gives the resolution and units of these latitudes
and longitudes.

\<latres\>**4006##** \[Latitude resolution\] must be used if
\<geograph\>(**4005##**) is used. It is the minimum difference between
two adjacent latitude values expressed in the units of measure entered
in \<geogunit\>**4008##**. Replace **4006##** with a real
(floating-point) number that expresses the resolution. 0.0 \< \<latres\>

\<longres\>**4007##** \[Longitude resolution\] must be used if
\<geograph\>(**4005##**) is used. It is the minimum difference between
two adjacent longitude values expressed in the units of measure entered
in \<geogunit\>**4008##**. Replace **4007##** with a real
(floating-point) number that expresses the resolution. 0.0 \<
\<longres\>

\<geogunit\>**4008##** \[Geographic coordinate units\] must be used if
\<geograph\>(**4005##**) is used. It is the units of measure used for
the latitude and longitude values. Replace **4008##** with one of

**Decimal degrees Decimal minutes**

**Decimal seconds Degrees and decimal minutes**

**Degrees, minutes, and decimal seconds Radians**

**Grads**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<planar\>(4010##)+**

Planar (FGDC element 4.1.2)

Compound tag \<planar\>(**4010##**) \[Planar\] must be used if
\<horizsys\>(**4001##**) is used, and if \<geograph\>(**4005##**) and
\<local\>(**4280##**) are not used. Only one of \<geograph\>,
\<planar\>, or \<local\> is applicable. \<planar\> is applicable when
distances, or distances and angles, define the position of a point on a
reference plane to which the surface of the Earth has been projected.
\<planar\> defines these distances, or distances and angles. Generally a
planar system is a map projection, or a grid coordinate system with a
map projection. \<planar\> is repeatable to handle multiple systems.
\<planar\> encloses all tags from here to \</planar\>, several pages
away.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<mapproj\>(4015##)**

Map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1)

Compound tag \<mapproj\>(**4015##**) \[Map projection\] must be used if
\<planar\>(**4010##**) is used, and if \<gridsys\>(**4180##**) and
\<localp\>(**4250##**) are not used. Only one of \<mapproj\>,
\<gridsys\>, or \<localp\> is applicable, because they are different
types of planar systems. \<mapproj\> defines a map projection, which is
the systematic representation of all or part of the Earth\'s surface on
a plane or developable surface. \<mapproj\> encloses all tags from here
to \</mapproj\>, which is several pages away.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<mapprojn\>4016##\</mapprojn\>**

Map projection name (GDC element 4.1.2.1.1)

\<mapprojn\>**4016##** \[Map projection name\] must be used if
\<mapproj\>(**4015##**) is used. It is the name of the map projection.
Replace **4016##** with a name, or choose one of

**Albers Conical Equal Area Azimuthal Equidistant**

**Equidistant Conic Equirectangular**

**General Vertical Near-sided Projection Gnomonic**

**Lambert Azimuthal Equal Area Lambert Conformal Conic**

**Mercator Modified Stereographic for Alaska**

**Miller Cylindrical Oblique Mercator**

**Orthographic Polar Stereographic**

**Polyconic Robinson**

**Sinusoidal Space Oblique Mercator**

**Stereographic Transverse Mercator**

**van der Grinten**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<albers\>(4020##)**

**\<stdparll\>4021##\</stdparll\>+**

**\<longcm\>4022##\</longcm\>**

**\<latprjo\>4023##\</latprjo\>**

**\<feast\>4024##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4026##\</fnorth\>**

**\</albers\>**

Albers conical equal area map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.2)

Compound tag \<albers\>(**4020##**) \[Albers conical equal area\] must
be used if \<mapprojn\>**4016##** contains **Albers Conical Equal
Area**. \<albers\> has the parameters for this type of map projection.

\<stdparll\>**4021##** \[Standard parallel\] must be used if
\<albers\>(**4020##**) is used. It is a real (floating-point) number
that represents a line of constant latitude at which the surface of the
Earth and the plane or developable surface intersect. This latitude\'s
units are degrees and a decimal fraction of a degree. \<stdparll\> is
repeatable, so that there can be either one or two instances of
\<stdparll\>, providing one or two lines of constant latitude, as
needed, for the map projection. Replace **4021##** with the latitude.
‑90.0 \<= \<stdparll\> \<= 90.0

\<longcm\>**4022##** \[Longitude of central meridian\] must be used if
\<albers\>(**4020##**) is used. It is a real (floating-point) number
that represents a line of longitude at the center of the map projection,
generally used as the basis for constructing the projection. This
longitude\'s units are degrees and a decimal fraction of a degree.
Replace **4022##** with the longitude.

‑180.0 \<= \<longcm\> \< 180.0

\<latprjo\>**4023##** \[Latitude of projection origin\] must be used if
\<albers\>(**4020##**) is used. It is the latitude chosen as the origin
of rectangular coordinates for the map projection. This latitude\'s
units are degrees and a decimal fraction of a degree. Replace **4023##**
with the latitude.

‑90.0 \<= \<latprjo\> \<= 90.0

\<feast\>**4024##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<albers\>(**4020##**) is used. It is the real (floating-point) number
added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the map
projection. This number is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4024##** with the number.

\<fnorth\>**4026##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<albers\>(**4020##**) is used. It is the real (floating-point) number
added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the map
projection. This number is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4026##** with the number.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<azimequi\>(4030##)**

**\<longcm\>4031##\</longcm\>**

**\<latprjo\>4032##\</latprjo\>**

**\<feast\>4033##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4034##\</fnorth\>**

**\</azimequi\>**

Azimuthal equidistant map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.3)

Compound tag \<azimequi\>(**4030##**) \[Azimuthal equidistant\] must be
used if \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Azimuthal Equidistant**.
\<azimequi\> contains the parameters for this type of map projection.

\<longcm\>**4031##** \[Longitude of central meridian\] must be used if
\<azimequi\>(**4030##**) is used. It is the line of longitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) at the center of a map projection
that is generally used as the basis for constructing the projection.
Replace **4031##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longcm\> \< 180.0

\<latprjo\>**4032##** \[Latitude of projection origin\] must be used if
\<azimequi\>(**4030##**) is used. It is the latitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) that is chosen as the origin of rectangular
coordinates for the map projection. Replace **4023##** with the value.

‑90.0 \<= \<latprjo\> \<= 90.0

\<feast\>**4033##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<azimequi\>(**4030##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4033##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4034##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<azimequi\>(**4030##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4034##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<equicon\>(4035##)**

**\<stdparll\>4036##\</stdparll\>+**

**\<longcm\>4037##\</longcm\>**

**\<latprjo\>4038##\</latprjo\>**

**\<feast\>4039##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4041##\</fnorth\>**

**\</equicon\>**

Equidistant conic map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.4)

Compound tag \<equicon\>(**4035##**) \[Equidistant conic\] must be used
if \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Equidistant Conic**. \<equicon\> contains
the parameters for this type of map projection.

\<stdparll\>**4036##** \[Standard parallel\] must be used if
\<equicon\>(**4035##**) is used. It is a line of constant latitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) at which the surface of the Earth
and the plane or developable surface intersect. Replace **4036##** with
the value. It is repeatable, so that there are either one or two
instances of \<stdparll\> to provide one or two latitudes, as needed.
‑90.0 \<= \<stdparll\> \<= 90.0

\<longcm\>**4037##** \[Longitude of central meridian\] must be used if
\<equicon\>(**4035##**) is used. It is the line of longitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) at the center of a map
projection, generally used as the basis for constructing the projection.
Replace **4037##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longcm\> \< 180.0

\<latprjo\>**4038##** \[Latitude of projection origin\] must be used if
\<equicon\>(**4035##**) is used. It is the latitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) that is chosen as the origin of rectangular
coordinates for the map projection. Replace **4038##** with the value.

‑90.0 \<= \<latprjo\> \<= 90.0

\<feast\>**4039##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<equicon\>(**4035##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4039##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4041##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<equicon\>(**4035##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4041##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<equirect\>(4045##)**

**\<stdparll\>4046##\</stdparll\>**

**\<longcm\>4047##\</longcm\>**

**\<feast\>4048##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4049##\</fnorth\>**

**\</equirect\>**

Equirectangular map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.5)

Compound tag \<equirect\>(**4045##**) \[Equirectangular\] must be used
if the entry in \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Equirectangular**.
\<equirect\> contains the parameters for this type of map projection.

\<stdparll\>**4046##** \[Standard parallel\] must be used if
\<equirect\>(**4045##**) is used. It is a line of constant latitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) at which the surface of the Earth
and the plane or developable surface intersect. Replace **4046##** with
the value.

‑90.0 \<= \<stdparll\> \<= 90.0

\<longcm\>**4047##** \[Longitude of central meridian\] must be used if
\<equirect\>(**4045##**) is used. It is the line of longitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) at the center of a map
projection, generally used as the basis for constructing the projection.
Replace **4047##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longcm\> \< 180.0

\<feast\>**4048##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<equirect\>(**4045##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4048##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4049##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<equirect\>(**4045##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4049##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<gvnsp\>(4050##)**

**\<heightpt\>4051##\</heightpt\>**

**\<longpc\>4052##\</longpc\>**

**\<latprjc\>4053##\</latprjc\>**

**\<feast\>4054##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4056##\</fnorth\>**

**\</gvnsp\>**

General vertical near-sided perspective map projection (FGDC element
4.1.2.1.6)

Compound tag \<gvnsp\>(**4050##**) \[General vertical near-sided
perspective\] must be used if the entry in \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is
**General Vertical Near-sided Projection**. \<gvnsp\> contains the
parameters for this type of map projection.

\<heightpt\>**4051##** \[Height of perspective point above surface\]
must be used if \<gvnsp\>(**4050##**) is used. It is the height of the
viewpoint above the Earth, expressed in meters, a real (floating-point)
number. Replace **4051##** with the height. 0.0 \< \<heightpt\>

\<longpc\>**4052##** \[Longitude of projection center\] must be used if
\<gvnsp\>(**4050##**) is used. It is the longitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) of the point of projection for azimuthal
projections. Replace **4052##** with the longitude. ‑180.0 \<=
\<longpc\> \< 180.0

\<latprjc\>**4053##** \[Latitude of projection center\] must be used if
\<gvnsp\>(**4050##**) is used. It is the latitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) of the point of projection for azimuthal
projections. Replace **4053##** with the latitude. ‑90.0 \<= \<latprjc\>
\<= 90.0

\<feast\>**4054##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<gvnsp\>(**4050##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4054##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4056##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<gvnsp\>(**4050##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4056##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<gnomonic\>(4060##)**

**\<longpc\>4061##\</longpc\>**

**\<latprjc\>4062##\</latprjc\>**

**\<feast\>4063##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4064##\</fnorth\>**

**\</gnomonic\>**

Gnomonic map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.7)

Compound tag \<gnomonic\>(**4060##**) \[Gnomonic\] must be used if the
entry in \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Gnomonic**. \<gnomonic\> contains
the parameters for this type of map projection.

\<longpc\>**4061##** \[Longitude of projection center\] must be used if
\<gnomonic\>(**4060##**) is used. It is the longitude (in degrees, a
real floating-point number) of the point of projection for azimuthal
projections. Replace **4061##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longpc\> \<
180.0

\<latprjc\>**4062##** \[Latitude of projection center\] must be used if
\<gnomonic\>(**4060##**) is used. It is the latitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) of the point of projection for azimuthal
projections. Replace **4062##** with the value. ‑90.0 \<= \<latprjc\>
\<= 90.0

\<feast\>**4063##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<gnomonic\>(**4060##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4063##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4064##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<gnomonic\>(**4060##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4064##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<lamberta\>(4065##)**

**\<longpc\>4066##\</longpc\>**

**\<latprjc\>4067##\</latprjc\>**

**\<feast\>4068##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4069##\</fnorth\>**

**\</lamberta\>**

Lambert azimuthal equal area map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.8)

Compound tag \<lamberta\>(**4065##**) \[Lambert azimuthal equal area\]
must be used if the entry in \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Lambert
Azimuthal Equal Area**. \<lamberta\> contains the parameters for this
type of map projection.

\<longpc\>**4066##** \[Longitude of projection center\] must be used if
\<lamberta\>(**4065##**) is used. It is the longitude (in degrees, a
real floating-point number) of the point of projection for azimuthal
projections. Replace **4066##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longpc\> \<
180.0

\<latprjc\>**4067##** \[Latitude of projection center\] must be used if
\<lamberta\>(**4065##**) is used. It is the latitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) of the point of projection for azimuthal
projections. Replace **4067##** with the value.

‑90.0 \<= \<latprjc\> \<= 90.0

\<feast\>**4068##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<lamberta\>(**4065##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4068##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4069##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<lamberta\>(**4065##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4069##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<lambertc\>(4070##)**

**\<stdparll\>4071##\</stdparll\>+**

**\<longcm\>4072##\</longcm\>**

**\<latprjo\>4073##\</latprjo\>**

**\<feast\>4074##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4076##\</fnorth\>**

**\</lambertc\>**

Lambert conformal conic map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.9)

Compound tag \<lambertc\>(**4070##**) \[Lambert conformal conic\] must
be used if the entry in \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Lambert Conformal
Conic**. \<lambertc\> contains the parameters for this type of map
projection.

\<stdparll\>**4071##** \[Standard parallel\] must be used if
\<lambertc\>(**4070##**) is used. It is a line of constant latitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) at which the surface of the Earth
and the plane or developable surface intersect. Replace **4071##** with
the value. It is repeatable, so that there will be either one or two
instances of \<stdparll\> to provide one or two latitudes, as needed.
‑90.0 \<= \<stdparll\> \<= 90.0

\<longcm\>**4072##** \[Longitude of central meridian\] must be used if
\<lambertc\>(**4070##**) is used. It is the line of longitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) at the center of a map
projection, generally used as the basis for constructing the projection.
Replace **4072##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longcm\> \< 180.0

\<feast\>**4073##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<lambertc\>(**4070##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4073##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4074##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<lambertc\>(**4070##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4074##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<mercator\>(4080##)**

**\<stdparll\>4081##\</stdparll\>**

**\<sfequat\>4082##\</sfequat\>**

**\<longcm\>4083##\</longcm\>**

**\<feast\>4084##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4086##\</fnorth\>**

**\</mercator\>**

Mercator map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.10)

Compound tag \<mercator\>(**4080##**) \[Mercator\] must be used if the
entry in \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Mercator**. \<mercator\> contains
the parameters for this type of map projection.

\<stdparll\>**4081##** \[Standard parallel\] must be used if
\<mercator\>(**4080##**) is used, and if \<sfequat\>**4082##** is not
used. It is a line of constant latitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) at which the surface of the Earth and the plane
or developable surface intersect. Replace **4081##** with the value.
‑90.0 \<= \<stdparll\> \<= 90.0

\<sfequat\>**4082##** \[Scale factor at Equator\] must be used if
\<mercator\>(**4080##**) is used, and if \<stdparll\>**4081##** is not
used. It is a multiplier for reducing a distance obtained from a map by
computation or scaling to the actual distance along the Equator. The
multiplier is a real (floating-point) number. Replace **4082##** with
the multiplier. 0.0 \< \<sfequat\>

\<longcm\>**4083##** \[Longitude of central meridian\] must be used if
\<mercator\>(**4080##**) is used. It is the line of longitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) at the center of a map
projection, generally used as the basis for constructing the projection.
Replace **4083##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longcm\> \< 180.0

\<feast\>**4084##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<mercator\>(**4080##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4084##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4086##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<mercator\>(**4080##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4086##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<modsak\>(4090##)**

**\<feast\>4091##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4092##\</fnorth\>**

**\</modsak\>**

Modified stereographic for Alaska map projection (FGDC element
4.1.2.1.11)

Compound tag \<modsak\>(**4090##**) \[Modified stereographic for
Alaska\] must be used if the entry in \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is
**Modified Stereographic for Alaska**. \<modsak\> contains the
parameters for this type of map projection.

\<feast\>**4091##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<modsak\>(**4090##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4091##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4092##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<modsak\>(**4090##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4092##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<miller\>(4095##)**

**\<longcm\>4096##\</longcm\>**

**\<feast\>4097##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4098##\</fnorth\>**

**\</miller\>**

Miller cylindrical map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.12)

Compound tag \<miller\>(**4095##**) \[Miller cylindrical\] must be used
if the entry in \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Miller Cylindrical**.
\<miller\> contains the parameters for this type of map projection.

\<longcm\>**4096##** \[Longitude of central meridian\] must be used if
\<miller\>(**4095##**) is used. It is the line of longitude (in degrees,
a real floating-point number) at the center of a map projection,
generally used as the basis for constructing the projection. Replace
**4096##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longcm\> \< 180.0

\<feast\>**4097##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<miller\>(**4095##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4097##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4098##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<miller\>(**4095##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4098##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<obqmerc\>(4100##)**

**\<sfctrlin\>4101##\</sfctrlin\>**

**\<obqlazim\>(4105##)**

**\<azimangl\>4106##\</azimangl\>**

**\<azimptl\>4107##\</azimptl\>**

**\</obqlazim\>**

**\<obqlpt\>(4110##)**

**\<obqllat\>4111##\</obqllat\>**

**\<obqllong\>4112##\</obqllong\>**

**\<obqllat\>4113##\</obqllat\>**

**\<obqllong\>4114##\</obqllong\>**

**\</obqlpt\>**

**\<latprjo\>4116##\</latprjo\>**

**\<feast\>4117##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4118##\</fnorth\>**

**\</obqmerc\>**

Oblique mercator map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.13)

Compound tag \<obqmerc\>(**4100##**) \[Oblique mercator\] must be used
if the entry in \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Oblique Mercator**.
\<obqmerc\> contains the parameters for this type of map projection.

\<sfctrlin\>**4101##** \[Scale factor at center line\] must be used if
\<obqmerc\>(**4100##**) is used. It is a multiplier for reducing a
distance obtained from a map by computation or scaling to the actual
distance along the center line. The multiplier is a real
(floating-point) number. Replace **4101##** with the multiplier. 0.0 \<
\<sfctrlin\>

Compound tag \<obqlazim\>(**4105##**) \[Oblique line azimuth\] must be
used if \<obqmerc\>(**4100##**) is used, and if \<obqlpt\>(**4110##**)
is not used. \<obqlazim\> and \<obqlpt\> both define a line along which
an oblique mercator map projection is centered, but they do it
differently. Only one should be used. \<obqlazim\> uses azimuth and map
projection origin to describe the line.

\<azimangl\>**4106##** \[Azimuthal angle\] must be used if
\<obqlazim\>(**4105##**) is used. It is an angle (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) measured clockwise from north. Replace **4106##**
with the value. 0.0 \<= \<azimangl\> \< 360.0

\<azimptl\>**4107##** \[Azimuth measure point longitude\] must be used
if \<obqlazim\>(**4105##**) is used. It is the longitude (in degrees, a
real floating-point number) of the map projection origin. Replace
**4107##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<azimptl\> \< 180.0

Compound tag \<obqlpt\>(**4110##**) \[Oblique line point\] must be used
if \<obqmerc\>(**4100##**) is used, and if \<obqlazim\>(**4105##**) is
not used. \<obqlazim\> and \<obqlpt\> both define a line along which an
oblique mercator map projection is centered, but they do it differently;
only one should be used. \<obqlpt\> uses two points near the limits of
the mapped region to define the line.

\<obqllat\>**4111##** \[Oblique line latitude\] must be used if
\<obqlpt\> (Oblique line point) is used. It is the latitude (in degrees,
a real floating-point number) of the 1^st^ of two points defining the
oblique line. Replace **4111##** with the value. ‑90.0 \<= \<obqllat\>
\<= 90.0

\<obqllong\>**4112##** \[Oblique line longitude\] must be used if
\<obqlpt\> (Oblique line point) is used. It is the longitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) of the 1^st^ of two points
defining the oblique line. Replace **4112##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<=
\<obqllong\> \< 180.0

\<obqllat\>**4113##** \[Oblique line latitude\] must be used if
\<obqlpt\> (Oblique line point) is used. It is the latitude (in degrees,
a real floating-point number) of the 2^nd^ of two points defining the
oblique line. Replace **4113##** with the value. ‑90.0 \<= \<obqllat\>
\<= 90.0

\<obqllong\>**4114##** \[Oblique line longitude\] must be used if
\<obqlpt\> (Oblique line point) is used. It is the longitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) of the 2^nd^ of two points
defining the line. Replace **4114##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<=
\<obqllong\> \< 180.0

\<latprjo\>**4116##** \[Latitude of projection origin\] must be used if
\<obqmerc\>(**4100##**) is used. It is the latitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) that is the origin of rectangular coordinates for
the map projection. Replace **4116##** with the value. ‑90.0 \<=
\<latprjo\> \<= 90.0

\<feast\>**4117##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<obqmerc\>(**4100##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4117##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4118##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<obqmerc\>(**4100##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4118##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<orthogr\>(4120##)**

**\<longpc\>4121##\</longpc\>**

**\<latprjc\>4122##\</latprjc\>**

**\<feast\>4123##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4124##\</fnorth\>**

**\</orthogr\>**

Orthographic map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.14)

Compound tag \<orthogr\>(**4120##**) \[Orthographic\] must be used if
the entry in \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Orthographic**. \<orthogr\>
contains parameters for this type of map projection.

\<longpc\>**4121##** \[Longitude of projection center\] must be used if
\<orthogr\>(**4120##**) is used. It is the longitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) of the point of projection for azimuthal
projections. Replace **4121##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longpc\> \<
180.0

\<latprjc\>**4122##** \[Latitude of projection center\] must be used if
\<orthogr\>(**4120##**) is used. It is the latitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) of the point of projection for azimuthal
projections. Replace **4122##** with the value. ‑90.0 \<= \<latprjc\>
\<= 90.0

\<feast\>**4123##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<orthogr\>(**4120##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4123##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4124##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<orthogr\>(**4120##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4124##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<polarst\>(4125##)**

**\<svlong\>4126##\</svlong\>**

**\<stdparll\>4127##\</stdparll\>**

**\<sfprjorg\>4128##\</sfprjorg\>**

**\<feast\>4129##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4131##\</fnorth\>**

**\</polarst\>**

Polar stereographic map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.15)

Compound tag \<polarst\>(**4125##**) \[Polar stereographic\] must be
used if the entry in \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Polar Stereographic**.
\<polarst\> contains parameters for this type of map projection.

\<svlong\>**4126##** \[Straight vertical longitude from pole\] must be
used if \<polarst\>(**4125##**) is used. It is the the longitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) to be oriented straight up from
the North or South Pole. Replace **4126##** with the value.

‑180 \<= \<svlong\> \< 180.0

\<stdparll\>**4127##** \[Standard parallel\] must be used if
\<polarst\>(**4125##**) is used, and if \<sfprjorg\>**4128##** is not
used. \<stdparll\> is a line of constant latitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) at which the surface of the Earth and the plane
or developable surface intersect. Replace **4127##** with the value.
‑90.0 \<= \<stdparll\> \<= 90.0

\<sfprjorg\>**4128##** \[Scale factor at projection origin\] must be
used if \<polarst\>(**4125##**) is used, and if \<stdparll\>**4127##**
is not used. \<sfprjorg\> is a multiplier for reducing a distance
obtained from a map by computation or scaling to the actual distance at
the projection origin. Replace **4128##** with the value. 0.0 \<
\<sfprjorg\>

\<feast\>**4129##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<polarst\>(**4125##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4129##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4131##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<polarst\>(**4125##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4131##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<polycon\>(4135##)**

**\<longcm\>4136##\</longcm\>**

**\<latprjo\>4137##\</latprjo\>**

**\<feast\>4138##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4139##\</fnorth\>**

**\</polycon\>**

Polyconic map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.16)

Compound tag \<polycon\>(**4135##**) \[Polyconic\] must be used if
\<mapprojn\>**4016##** contains **Polyconic**. \<polycon\> contains
parameters for this type of map projection.

\<longcm\>**4136##** \[Longitude of central meridian\] must be used if
\<polycon\>(**4135##**) is used. It is the line of longitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) at the center of a map
projection, generally used as the basis for constructing the projection.
Replace **4136##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longcm\> \< 180.0

\<latprjo\>**4137##** \[Latitude of projection origin\] must be used if
\<polycon\>(**4135##**) is used. It is the latitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) that is the origin of rectangular coordinates for
the map projection. Replace **4137##** with the value. ‑90.0 \<=
\<latprjo\> \<= 90.0

\<feast\>**4138##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<polycon\>(**4135##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4138##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4139##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<polycon\>(**4135##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4139##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<robinson\>(4140##)**

**\<longpc\>4141##\</longpc\>**

**\<feast\>4142##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4143##\</fnorth\>**

**\</robinson\>**

Robinson map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.17)

Compound tag \<robinson\>(**4140##**) \[Robinson\] must be used if
\<mapprojn\>**4016##** contains **Robinson**. \<robinson\> contains
parameters for this type of map projection.

\<longpc\>**4141##** \[Longitude of projection center\] must be used if
\<robinson\>(**4140##**) is used. It is the longitude (in degrees, a
real floating-point number) of the point of projection for azimuthal
projections. Replace **4141##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longpc\> \<
180.0

\<feast\>**4142##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<robinson\>(**4140##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4142##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4143##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<robinson\>(**4140##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4143##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<sinusoid\>(4145##)**

**\<longcm\>4146##\</longcm\>**

**\<feast\>4147##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4148##\</fnorth\>**

**\</sinusoid\>**

Sinusoidal (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.18)

Compound tag \<sinusoid\>(**4145##**) \[Sinusoidal\] must be used if
\<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Sinusoidal**. \<sinusoid\> contains
parameters for this type of map projection.

\<longcm\>**4146##** \[Longitude of central meridian\] must be used if
\<sinusoid\>(**4145##**) is used. It is the line of longitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) at the center of a map
projection, generally used as the basis for constructing the projection.
Replace **4146##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longcm\> \< 180.0

\<feast\>**4147##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<sinusoid\>(**4145##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4147##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4148##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<sinusoid\>(**4145##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4148##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<spaceobq\>(4150##)**

**\<landsat\>4151##\</landsat\>**

**\<pathnum\>4152##\</pathnum\>**

**\<feast\>4153##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4154##\</fnorth\>**

**\</spaceobq\>**

Space oblique mercator (Landsat) map projection (FGDC element
4.1.2.1.19)

Compound tag \<spaceobq\>(**4150##**) \[Space oblique mercator\] must be
used if \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Space Oblique Mercator**.
\<spaceobq\> contains parameters for this type of map projection.

\<landsat\>**4151##** \[Landsat number\] must be used if
\<spaceobq\>(**4150##**) is used. It is the number (an integer) of the
Landsat satellite. Replace **4151##** with the integer. *Note: This data
element exists solely to provide a parameter needed to define the space
oblique mercator projection. It is not used to identify data originating
from a remote sensing vehicle.*

\<pathnum\>**4152##** \[Path number\] must be used if
\<spaceobq\>(**4150##**) is used. It is the number (an integer) of the
orbit of the Landsat satellite. Replace **4152##** with the number. 0 \<
\<pathnum\> \< 251 for Landsats 1, 2, or 3 and 0 \< \<pathnum\> \< 233
for Landsats 4 or 5. *Note: This data element exists solely to provide a
parameter needed to define the space oblique mercator projection. It is
not used to identify data originating from a remote sensing vehicle.*

\<feast\>**4153##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<spaceobq\>(**4150##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4153##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4154##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<spaceobq\>(**4150##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4154##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<stereo\>(4155##)**

**\<longpc\>4156##\</longpc\>**

**\<latprjc\>4157##\</latprjc\>**

**\<feast\>4158##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4159##\</fnorth\>**

**\</stereo\>**

Stereographic map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.20)

Compound tag \<stereo\>(**4155##**) \[Stereographic\] must be used if
\<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Stereographic**. \<stereo\> contains
parameters for this type of map projection.

\<longpc\>**4156##** \[Longitude of projection center\] must be used if
\<stereo\>(**4155##**) is used. It is the longitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) of the point of projection for azimuthal
projections. Replace **4156##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longpc\> \<
180.0

\<latprjc\>**4157##** \[Latitude of projection center\] must be used if
\<stereo\>(**4155##**) is used. It is the latitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) of the point of projection for azimuthal
projections. Replace **4157##** with the value. ‑90.0 \<= \<latprjc\>
\<= 90.0

\<feast\>**4158##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<stereo\>(**4155##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4158##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4159##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<stereo\>(**4155##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4159##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<transmer\>(4160##)**

**\<sfctrmer\>4161##\</sfctrmer\>**

**\<longcm\>4162##\</longcm\>**

**\<latprjo\>4163##\</latprjo\>**

**\<feast\>4164##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4166##\</fnorth\>**

**\</transmer\>**

Transverse mercator map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.21)

Compound tag \<transmer\>(**4160##**) \[Transverse mercator\] must be
used if \<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **Transverse mercator**. It contains
parameters for this type of map projection.

\<sfctrmer\>**4161##** \[Scale factor at central meridian\] must be used
if \<transmer\>(**4160##**) is used. It is a multiplier for reducing a
distance obtained from a map by computation or scaling to the actual
distance along the central meridian. The multiplier is a real
(floating-point) number. Replace **4161##** with the multiplier. 0.0 \<
\<sfctrmer\>

\<longcm\>**4162##** \[Longitude of central meridian\] must be used if
\<transmer\>(**4160##**) is used. It is the line of longitude (in
degrees, a real floating-point number) at the center of a map
projection, generally used as the basis for constructing the projection.
Replace **4162##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longcm\> \< 180.0

\<latprjo\>**4163##** \[Latitude of projection origin\] must be used if
\<transmer\>(**4160##**) is used. It is the latitude (in degrees, a real
floating-point number) that is chosen as the origin of rectangular
coordinates for the map projection. Replace **4163##** with the value.

‑90.0 \<= \<latprjo\> \<= 90.0

\<feast\>**4164##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<transmer\>(**4160##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4164##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4159##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<transmer\>(**4160##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4159##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<vdgrin\>(4170##)**

**\<longcm\>4171##\</longcm\>**

**\<feast\>4172##\</feast\>**

**\<fnorth\>4173##\</fnorth\>**

**\</vdgrin\>**

van der Grinten (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.22)

Compound tag \<vdgrin\>(**4170##**) \[van der Grinten\] must be used if
\<mapprojn\>**4016##** is **van der Grinten**. It contains parameters
for this type of map projection.

\<longcm\>**4171##** \[Longitude of central meridian\] must be used if
\<vdgrin\>(**4170##**) is used. It is the line of longitude (in degrees,
a real floating-point number) at the center of a map projection,
generally used as the basis for constructing the projection. Replace
**4171##** with the value. ‑180.0 \<= \<longcm\> \< 180.0

\<feast\>**4172##** \[False easting\] must be used if
\<vdgrin\>(**4170##**) is used. It is the value (a real floating-point
number) added to all \"x\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the
map projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4172##** with the value.

\<fnorth\>**4173##** \[False northing\] must be used if
\<vdgrin\>(**4170##**) is used. It is the real (floating-point) value
added to all \"y\" values in the rectangular coordinates for the map
projection. This value is frequently assigned to eliminate negative
numbers. It is expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4173##** with the number.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<otherprj\>4174##\</otherprj\>**

Other map projection (FGDC element 4.1.2.1.23.18)

\<otherprj\>**4174##** \[Other map projection\] must be used if
\<mapprojn\>**4016##** contains a map projection name that is not in the
list of map projection names provided in \<mapprojn\>\'s description,
and is not defined elsewhere in the metadata. \<otherprj\> is a
description of the map projection that the unknown name represents. The
description should include the name of the projection, names of
parameters and values used for the data, and the citation of the
specification for the algorithms that describe the mathematical
relationship between Earth and plane or developable surface for the
projection. Replace **4174##** with this description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</mapproj\>(4015##)**

End of \<mapproj\>(**4015##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<gridsys\>(4180##)**

Grid coordinate system (FGDC element 4.1.2.2)

Compound tag \<gridsys\>(**4180##**) \[Grid coordinate system\] must be
used if \<planar\>(**4010##**) is used, and if \<mapproj\>(**4015##**)
and \<localp\>(**4250##**) are not used. Only one of \<mapproj\>,
\<gridsys\>, or \<localp\> is applicable, because each is a different
type of planar system. \<gridsys\> describes a grid coordinate system. A
grid coordinate system is a plane-rectangular coordinate system usually
based on, and mathematically adjusted to, a map projection, so that
geographic positions can be readily transformed to and from plane
coordinates. \<gridsys\> encloses all tags between here and
\</gridsys\>, which is a page or two farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<gridsysn\>4181##\</gridsysn\>**

Grid coordinate system name (FGDC element 4.1.2.2.1)

\<gridsysn\>**4181##** \[Grid coordinate system name\] must be used if
\<gridsys\>(**4180##**) is used. It is a name for the grid coordinate
system. Replace **4181##** with one of

**Universal Transverse Mercator Universal Polar Stereographic**

**State Plane Coordinate System 1927 State Plane Coordinate System
1983**

**ARC Coordinate System other grid system**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<utm\>(4185##)**

**\<utmzone\>4186##\</utmzone\>**

**\<transmer\>(4190##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</transmer\>**

**\</utm\>**

Universal transverse mercator (FGDC element 4.1.2.2.2)

Compound tag \<utm\>(**4185##**) \[Universal transverse mercator\] must
be used if \<gridsysn\>**4181##** contains the entry **Universal
Transverse Mercator**. \<utm\> documents this grid system, which is
based on the transverse mercator map projection. This system applies
only between latitudes 84 degrees north and 80 degrees south on the
Earth\'s surface.

\<utmzone\>**4186##** \[UTM zone number\] must be used if
\<utm\>(**4185##**) is used. It is the identifier for the universal
transverse mercator (UTM) zone. Replace **4186##** with the zone number,
which is an integer.

1 \<= \<utmzone\> \<= 60 for northern hemisphere

‑60 \<= \<utmzone\> \<= ‑1 for southern hemisphere

Compound tag \<transmer\>(**4190##**) \[Transverse mercator map
projection\] must be used if \<utm\>(**4185##**) is used. It defines the
transverse mercator map projection. Refer to \<transmer\>(**4160##**) to
see how to use \<transmer\>(**4190##**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<ups\>(4195##)**

**\<upszone\>4196##\</upszone\>**

**\<polarst\>(4200##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</polarst\>**

**\</ups\>**

Universal polar stereographic (FGDC element 4.1.2.2.3)

Compound tag \<ups\>(**4195##**) \[Universal polar stereographic\] must
be used if \<gridsysn\>**4181##** has the entry **Universal Polar
Stereographic**. \<ups\> describes this grid system, which is based on
the polar stereographic map projection. This system applies only to the
Earth\'s polar regions north of 84 degrees north and south of 80 degrees
south.

\<upszone\>**4196##** \[UPS zone identifier\] must be used if
\<ups\>(**4195##**) is used. It is the one-letter identifier for the
universal polar stereographic zone. Replace **4196##** with one of
**A**, **B**, **Y**, or **Z**.

Compound tag \<polarst\>(**4200##**) \[Polar stereographic\] must be
used if \<ups\>(**4195##**) is used. It defines the polar stereographic
map projection. Refer to \<polarst\>(**4125##**) instructions to see how
to use \<polarst\>(**4200##**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<spcs\>(4210##)**

**\<spcszone\>4211##\</spcszone\>**

**\<lambertc\>(4215##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</lambertc\>**

**\<transmer\>(4220##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</transmer\>**

**\<obqmerc\>(4225##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</obqmerc\>**

**\<polycon\>(4230##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</polycon\>**

**\</spcs\>**

State plane coordinate system (FGDC element 4.1.2.2.4)

Compound tag \<spcs\>(**4210##**) \[State plane coordinate system\] must
be used if the entry in \<gridsysn\>**4181##** is **State Plane
Coordinate System 1927** or **State Plane Coordinate System 1983**.
\<spcs\> describes a plane-rectangular coordinate system established for
each state in the United States by the National Geodetic Survey.

\<spcszone\>**4211##** \[SPCS zone identifier\] must be used if
\<spcs\>(**4210##**) is used. It is an integer, a 4-digit code for the
state plane coordinate systems. Codes based on the North American Datum
of 1927 are found in

> Department of Commerce, 1986, Representation of geographic point
> locations for information interchange (Federal Information Processing
> Standard 70‑1): Washington: Department of Commerce, National Institute
> of Standards and Technology.

Codes based on the North American Datum of 1983 are found in

> Department of Commerce, 1989 (January), State Plane Coordinate System
> of 1983 (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Manual NOS
> NGS 5): Silver Spring, Maryland, National Oceanic and Atmospheric
> Administration, National Ocean Service, Coast and Geodetic Survey.

Replace **4211##** with the 4-digit code.

Compound tag \<lambertc\>(**4215##**) \[Lambert conformal conic\] must
be used if \<spcs\>(**4210##**) is used and the relevant map projection
is Lambert conformal conic. For information about how to use
\<lambertc\>, refer to \<lambertc\>(**4070##**).

Compound tag \<transmer\>(**4220##**) \[Transverse mercator\] must be
used if \<spcs\>(**4210##**) is used and the relevant map projection is
transverse mercator. For information about how to use \<transmer\>,
refer to \<transmer\>(**4160##**).

Compound tag \<obqmerc\>(**4225##**) \[Oblique mercator\] must be used
if \<spcs\>(**4210##**) is used, and if the relevant map projection is
oblique mercator. For information about how to use \<obqmerc\>, refer to
\<obqmerc\>(**4100##**).

Compound tag \<polycon\>(**4230##**) \[Polyconic\] must be used if
\<spcs\>(**4210##**) is used and the relevant map projection is
polyconic. For information about how to use \<polycon\>, refer to
\<polycon\>(**4135##**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<arcsys\>(4235##)**

**\<arczone\>4236##\</arczone\>**

**\<equirect\>(4240##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</equirect\>**

**\<azimequi\>(4245##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</azimequi\>**

**\</arcsys\>**

ARC coordinate system (FGDC element 4.1.2.2.5)

Compound tag \<arcsys\>(**4235##**) \[ARC coordinate system\] must be
used if \<gridsysn\>**4181##** has the entry **ARC Coordinate System**.
It documents the Equal-Arc-second Coordinate System, a plane-rectangular
coordinate system established in

> Department of Defense, 1990, Military specification ARC Digitized
> Raster Graphics (ADRG) (MIL-A-89007): Philadelphia, Department of
> Defense, Defense Printing Service Detachment Office

\<arczone\>**4236##** \[ARC system zone identifier\] must be used if
\<arcsys\>(**4235##**) is used. It is the integer identifier for the ARC
Coordinate System Zone. Replace **4236##** with the identifier. 1 \<=
\<arczone\> \<= 18

Compound tag \<equirect\>(**4240##**) \[Equirectangular\] must be used
if \<arcsys\>(**4235##**) is used, and if the relevant map projection is
equirectangular. To use \<equirect\>(**4240##**), refer to instructions
for \<equirect\>(**4045##**).

Compound tag \<azimequi\>(**4245##**) \[Azimuthal equidistant\] must be
used if \<arcsys\>(**4235##**) is used, and if the relevant map
projection is azimuthal equidistant. To use \<azimequi\>(**4245##**),
refer to instructions for \<azimequi\>(**4030##**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<othergrd\>4249##\</othergrd\>**

Other grid system (FGDC element 4.1.2.2.6)

\<othergrd\>**4249##** \[Other grid system\] must be used if
\<gridsysn\>**4181##** has the entry **other grid system**. \<othergrd\>
is a description of an unknown grid system that is not defined elsewhere
in this standard. The description must include the name of the grid
system, the names of the parameters and values used for the data, and
the citation of the specification for the algorithms that describe the
mathematical relationship between the Earth and the coordinates of the
grid system. Replace **4249##** with this description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</gridsys\>(4180##)**

End of \<gridsys\>(**4180##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<localp\>(4250##)**

**\<localpd\>4251##\</localpd\>**

**\<localpgi\>4252##\</localpgi\>**

**\</localp\>**

Local planar (FGDC element 4.1.2.3)

Compound tag \<localp\>(**4250##**) \[Local planar\] must be used if
\<planar\>(**4010##**) is used, and if \<mapproj\>(**4015##**) and
\<gridsys\>(**4180##**) are not used. Only one of \<mapproj\>,
\<gridsys\>, or \<localp\> is applicable, because each is a different
type of planar system. \<localp\> documents a planar system that is not
a map projection that could be defined under \<mapproj\>, nor is it a
grid system that could be defined under \<gridsys\>. \<localp\>
documents a system that must be a right-handed planar coordinate system
in which the z-axis coincides with a plumb line through the origin that
locally is aligned with the surface of the Earth.

\<localpd\>**4251##** \[Local planar description\] must be used if
\<localp\>(**4250##**) is used. It is a description of the local planar
system mentioned in \<localp\>. Replace **4251##** with the description.

\<localpgi\>**4252##** \[Local planar georeference information\] must be
used if \<localp\>(**4250##**) is used. It is a description of the
information provided to register the local planar system mentioned in
\<localp\> to the Earth (e.g. control points, satellite ephemeral data,
intertial navigation data). Replace **4252##** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<planci\>(4260##)**

**\<plance\>4261##\</plance\>**

**\<coordrep\>4265##**

**\<absres\>4266##\</absres\>**

**\<ordres\>4267##\</ordres\>**

**\</coordrep\>**

**\<distbrep\>(4270##)**

**\<distres\>4271##\</distres\>**

**\<bearres\>4272##\</bearres\>**

**\<bearunit\>4273##\</bearunit\>**

**\<bearrefd\>4274##\</bearrefd\>**

**\<bearrefm\>4276##\</bearrefm\>**

**\</distbrep\>**

**\<plandu\>4277##\</plandu\>**

**\</planci\>**

Planar coordinate information (FGDC element 4.1.2.4)

Compound tag \<planci\>(**4260##**) \[Planar coordinate information\]
must be used if \<planar\>(**4010##**) is used. It is information about
the coordinate system developed on the planar surface.

\<plance\>**4261##** \[Planar coordinate encoding method\] must be used
if \<planci\>(**4260##**) is used. It is the means utilized to represent
horizontal positions on the planar surface. Replace **4261##** with one
of **coordinate pair**, **row and column**, or **distance and bearing**.

Compound tag \<coordrep\>**4265##** \[Coordinate representation\] must
be used if \<planci\>(**4260##**) is used, and if
\<distbrep\>(**4270##**) is not used. \<coordrep\> and \<distbrep\> are
different methods of encoding the position of a point on the planar
surface, and only one method applies. Use \<coordrep\> if the entry in
\<plance\>**4261##** is **coordinate pair** or **row and column**.
\<coordrep\> describes a method in which the position of a point is
encoded by measuring its distance from perpendicular reference axes.

\<absres\>**4266##** \[Abscissa resolution\] must be used if
\<coordrep\>**4265##** is used. It is the nominal minimum distance (a
real floating-point number) between the \"x\" or column values of two
adjacent points on the planar surface, expressed in the units entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4266##** with the value. 0.0 \<
\<absres\>

\<ordres\>**4267##** \[Ordinate resolution\] must be used if
\<coordrep\>**4265##** is used. It is the nominal minimum distance (a
real floating-point number) between the \"y\" or row values of two
adjacent points on the planar surface, expressed in the units entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4267##** with the value. 0.0 \<
\<absres\>

Compound tag \<distbrep\>(**4270##**) \[Distance and bearing
representation\] must be used if \<planci\>(**4260##**) is used, and if
\<coordrep\>**4265##** is not used. \<coordrep\> and \<distbrep\> are
different methods of encoding the position of a point on the planar
surface, and only one applies. Use \<distbrep\> if the entry in
\<plance\>**4261##** is **distance and bearing**. \<distbrep\> describes
a method in which the position of a point is encoded by measuring its
distance and direction (azimuth angle) from another point.

\<distres\>**4271##** \[Distance resolution\] must be used if
\<distbrep\>(**4270##**) is used. It is the minimum distance (a real
floating-point number) measurable between two points on the planar
surface, expressed in the units of measure entered in
\<plandu\>**4277##**. Replace **4271##** with the value. 0.0 \<
\<distres\>

\<bearres\>**4272##** \[Bearing resolution\] must be used if
\<distbrep\>(**4270##**) is used. It is the minimum angle (a real
floating-point number) measurable between two points, expressed in the
units of measure entered in \<bearunit\>**4273##**. Replace **4272##**
with the value. 0.0 \< \<bearres\>

\<bearunit\>**4273##** \[Bearing units\] must be used if
\<distbrep\>(**4270##**) is used. It is the units of measure used for
angles. Replace **4273##** with one of

**Decimal degrees Decimal minutes**

**Decimal seconds Degrees and decimal minutes**

**Degrees, minutes and decimal seconds Radians**

**Grads**

\<bearrefd\>**4274##** \[Bearing reference direction\] must be used if
\<distbrep\>(**4270##**) is used. It is the direction from which the
bearing is measured. Replace **4274##** with one of **North** or
**South**.

\<bearrefm\>**4276##** \[Bearing reference meridian\] must be used if
\<distbrep\>(**4270##**) is used. It is the axis from which the bearing
is measured. Replace **4276##** with one of

**Assumed Grid Magnetic Astronomic Geodetic**

\<plandu\>**4277##** \[Planar distance units\] must be used if
\<planci\>(**4260##**) is used. It is the units of measure used for
distances. Replace **4277##** with free text, or choose from **meters**,
**international feet**, or **survey feet**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</planar\>(4010##)**

End of \<**planar**\>(**4010##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<local\>(4280##)**

**\<localdes\>4281##\</localdes\>**

**\<localgeo\>4282##\</localgeo\>**

**\</local\>**

Local (FGDC element 4.1.3)

Compound tag \<local\>(**4280##**) \[Local\] must be used if
\<horizsys\>(**4001##**) is used, and if \<geograph\>(**4005##**) and
\<planar\>(**4010##**) are not used. Only one of \<geograph\>,
\<planar\>, or \<local\> is applicable, and \<local\> is used when
neither of the other two is applicable. \<local\> defines a coordinate
system that is not aligned with the surface of the Earth.

\<localdes\>**4281##** \[Local description\] must be used if
\<local\>(**4280##**) is used. It is a description of the local
coordinate system mentioned in \<local\>, including its orientation to
the surface of the Earth. Replace **4281##** with the description.

\<localgeo\>**4282##** \[Local georeference information\] must be used
if \<local\>(**4280##**) is used. It is a description of the information
provided to register the local coordinate system mentioned in \<local\>
to the Earth (e.g. control points, satellite ephemeral data, intertial
navigation data). Replace **4282##** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<geodetic\>(4285##)**

**\<horizdn\>4286##\</horizdn\>**

**\<ellips\>4287##\</ellips\>**

**\<semiaxis\>4288##\</semiaxis\>**

**\<denflat\>4289##\</denflat\>**

**\</geodetic\>**

Geodetic model (FGDC element 4.1.4)

Compound tag \<geodetic\>(**4285##**) \[Geodetic model\] must be used if
\<horizsys\>(**4001##**) is used, and if applicable. It is applicable if
a geodetic model is used in the horizontal coordinate system.
\<geodetic\> gives parameters that define the shape of the Earth.

\<horizdn\>**4286##** \[Horizontal datum name\] must be used if
\<geodetic\>(**4285##**) is used, and if applicable. It is the
identification given to the reference system used for defining the
coordinates of points. Replace **4286##** with a free text
identification, or choose one of **North American Datum of 1927** or
**North American Datum of 1983**.

\<ellips\>**4287##** \[Ellipsoid name\] must be used if
\<geodetic\>(**4285##**) is used. It is one of the identifications given
to established representations of the Earth\'s shape. Replace **4287##**
with a free text identification, or choose one of **Clarke 1866** or
**Geodetic Reference System 80**.

\<semiaxis\>**4288##** \[Semi-major axis\] must be used if
\<geodetic\>(**4285##**) is used. It is the radius (a real
floating-point number) of the equatorial axis of the ellipsoid. Replace
**4288##** with the value. 0.0 \< \<semiaxis\>

\<denflat\>**4289##** \[Denominator of flattening ratio\] must be used
if \<geodetic\>(**4285##**) is used. It is the denominator (a real
floating-point number) of the ratio of the difference between the
equatorial and polar radii of the ellipsoid when the numerator is set
to 1. Replace **4289##** with the value. 0.0 \< \<denflat\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</horizsys\>(4001##)**

End of \<**horizsys**\>(**4001##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<vertdef\>(4300##)**

Vertical coordinate system definition (FGDC element 4.2)

Compound tag \<vertdef\>(**4300##**) \[Vertical coordinate system
definition\] must be used if Section 4 is used, and if applicable. It is
applicable if the item has data with a vertical coordinate system.
\<vertdef\> defines the reference frame or system from which vertical
distances (altitudes or depths) are measured. \<vertdef\> encloses all
tags from here to \</vertdef\>, which is several pages away.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<altsys\>(4305##)**

**\<altdatum\>4306##\</altdatum\>**

**\<altres\>4307##\</altres\>+**

**\<altunits\>4308##\</altunits\>**

**\<altlayer\>4309##\</altlayer\>**

**\<altenc\>4311##\</altenc\>**

**\</altsys\>**

Altitude system definition (FGDC element 4.2.1)

Compound tag \<altsys\>(**4305##**) \[Altitude system definition\] must
be used if \<vertdef\>(**4300##**) is used, and if applicable. It is
applicable if altitudes (elevations) are measured. \<altsys\> defines
the reference frame or system from which altitudes are measured.

\<altdatum\>**4306##** \[Altitude datum name\] must be used if
\<altsys\>(**4305##**) is used. It is the identification given to the
surface of reference from which altitudes are measured. Replace
**4306##** with free text, or choose one of **National Geodetic Vertical
Datum of 1929** or **North American Vertical Datum of 1988**.

\<altres\>**4307##** \[Altitude resolution\] must be used if
\<altsys\>(**4305##**) is used. It is the minimum distance (a real
floating point number) possible between two adjacent altitude values,
expressed in units given by the entry in \<altunits\>**4308##**.
\<altres\> is repeatable to handle multiple resolutions. Replace
**4307##** with the value. 0.0 \< \<altres\>

\<altunits\>**4308##** \[Altitude distance units\] must be used if
\<altsys\>(**4305##**) is used, and if \<altlayer\>**4309##** is not
used. Choose \<altunits\> instead of \<altlayer\> if the altitude
distance units are true distance units. \<altunits\> is the measurement
units in which altitudes are recorded. Replace **4308##** with free
text, or choose from **meters** or **feet**.

\<altlayer\>**4309##** \[Altitude distance layer\] must be used if
\<altsys\>(**4305##**) is used, and if \<altunits\>**4308##** is not
used. Choose \<altlayer\> instead of \<altunits\> if the altitude
distance units are surrogate units instead of true distance units.
\<altlayer\>, a FGDC RSE element, describes the system of atmospheric
levels in which altitudes are recorded. Replace **4309##** with free
text, or choose one of

**millibars theta value cloud layer atmosphere layer**

\<altenc\>**4311##** \[Altitude encoding method\] must be used if
\<altsys\>(**4305##**) is used. It is the means used to encode the
altitudes. Replace **4311##** with one of

**Explicit elevation coordinate included with horizontal coordinates**

**Implicit coordinate**

**Attribute values**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<depthsys\>(4315##)**

**\<depthdn\>4316##\</depthdn\>**

**\<depthres\>4317##\</depthres\>+**

**\<depthdu\>4318##\</depthdu\>**

**\<depthem\>4319##\</depthem\>**

**\</depthsys\>**

Depth system definition (FGDC element 4.2.2)

Compound tag \<depthsys\>(**4315##**) \[Depth system definition\] must
be used if \<vertdef\>(**4300##**) is used, and if applicable. It is
applicable if the item has data that includes depth measurements.
\<depthsys\> defines the reference frame of the system by which depths
are measured.

\<depthdn\>**4316##** \[Depth datum name\] must be used if
\<depthsys\>(**4315##**) is used. It is the reference surface from which
depths are measured. Replace **4316##** with free text, or choose one of

**Local surface Chart datum**

**datum for sounding reduction Lowest astronomical tide**

**Highest astronomical tide Mean low water**

**Mean high water Mean sea level**

**Land survey datum Mean low water springs**

**Mean high water springs Mean low water neap**

**Mean high water neap Mean lower low water**

**Mean lower low water springs Mean higher high water**

**Mean higher low water Mean lower high water**

**Spring tide Tropic lower low water**

**Neap tide High water**

**Higher high water Low water**

**Low-water datum Lowest low water**

**Lower low water Lowest normal low water**

**Mean tide level Indian spring low water**

**High-water full and charge Low-water full and charge**

**Columbia River datum Gulf Coast low water datum**

**Equatorial springs low water Approximate lowest astronomical tide**

**No correction**

\<depthres\>**4317##** \[Depth resolution\] must be used if
\<depthsys\>(**4315##**) is used. It is the minimum possible distance (a
real floating-point number) between two adjacent depth values, expressed
in the units of measure given by the entry in \<depthdu\>**4318##**.
\<depthres\> is repeatable to handle multiple resolutions. Replace
**4317##** with the value. 0.0 \< \<depthres\>

\<depthdu\>**4318##** \[Depth distance units\] must be used if
\<depthsys\>(**4315##**) is used. It is the units in which depths are
recorded. Replace **4318##** with free text, or choose one of **meters**
or **feet**.

\<depthem\>**4319##** \[Depth encoding method\] must be used if
\<depthsys\>(**4315##**) is used. It is the means used to encode depths.
Replace **4319##** with one of **Explicit depth coordinate included with
horizontal coordinates**, **Implicit coordinate**, or **Attribute
values**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</vertdef\>(4300##)**

End of \<**vertdef**\>(**4300##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<georefin\>(4320##)**

Georeferencing information

Compound tag \<georefin\>(**4320##**) \[Georeferencing information\]
must be used if Section 4 is used, and if applicable. It is applicable
if information that will allow determination of the geographical
location of raster points is needed. \<georefin\> is that information.
\<georefin\> encloses all tags from here to \</georefin\>, which is near
the end of Section 4.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<georecra\>(4325##)**

Georectified raster

Compound tag \<georecra\>(**4325##**) \[Georectified raster\] must be
used if \<georefin\>(**4320##**) is used, and if
\<georbler\>(**4355##**) is not used. \<georecra\> and \<georbler\> are
concerned with whether raster cells are regularly or irregularly spaced;
therefore only one is applicable. \<georecra\> defines a raster whose
cells are regularly spaced in a geographic or map coordinate system
defined in some spatial referencing system such that any cell can be
geolocated given its raster coordinate and the raster cell origin, cell
spacing, and orientation, possibly including a terrain model.
\<georecra\> encloses the tags from here to \</georecra\>, which is a
few pages farther on.

*Note: The raster (a regular grid) overlays the map (also a regular
grid), with the grid lines of the two grids intersecting at an angle.
Let* **a~mn~** *be the pixel grid point in the* **m^th^** *row and the*
**n^th^** *column, with* **(x,y)** *the position of that grid point in
map coordinates. Let the map position corresponding to the 1^st^ element
of the grid* **a~11~** *be* **(x~0~,y~0~)**. *Then* **x = x~0~ +
(m‑1)Δx~m~ + (n‑1)Δy~m~** *and* **y = y~0~ + (m‑1)Δx~n~ + (n-1)Δy~n~**,
*where the* **Δ** *terms are defined in the tags that follow.*

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<pixlreso\>(4330##)**

**\<coordrep\>**

**\<absres\>4332##\</absres\>**

**\<ordres\>4333##\</ordres\>**

**\</coordrep\>**

**\<plandu\>4334##\</plandu\>**

**\</pixlreso\>**

Pixel resolution

Compound tag \<pixlreso\>(**4330##**) \[Pixel resolution\] must be used
if \<georecra\>(**4325##**) is used. It defines geographic dimensions
corresponding to one raster pixel of processed data.

\<absres\>(**4332##**) \[Abcissa resolution\] must be used if
\<pixlreso\>(**4330##**) is used. It is the nominal minimum distance (a
real floating-point number) between the \"x\" or column values of two
adjacent points, expressed in the units entered in \<plandu\>**4334##**.
\<absres\> is similar to \<absres\>**4266##**, which is FGDC element
4.1.2.4.2.1. Replace **4332##** with the distance.

0.0 \< \<absres\>.

\<ordres\>(**4333##**) \[Abcissa resolution\] must be used if
\<pixlreso\>(**4330##**) is used. It is the nominal minimum distance (a
real floating-point number) between the \"y\" or row values of two
adjacent points, expressed in the units entered in \<plandu\>**4334##**.
\<ordres\> is similar to \<ordres\>**4267##**, which is FGDC element
4.1.2.4.2.2. Replace **4333##** with the distance.

0.0 \< \<ordres\>.

\<plandu\>**4334##** \[(Planar distance units\] must be used if
\<pixlreso\>(**4330##**) is used. It is the units of measure used for
distances. Replace **4334##** with free text, or choose from **meters**,
**international feet**, or **survey feet**. \<plandu\> is similar to
\<plandu\>**4277##**, which is FGDC element 4.1.2.4.4.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<gridinit\>(4340##)**

**\<grinitx\>4341##\</grinitx\>**

**\<grinity\>4342##\</grinity\>**

**\</gridinit\>**

Grid 1^st^ element

Compound tag \<gridinit\>(**4340##**) \[Grid 1^st^ element\] must be
used if \<georecra\>(**4325##**) is used. It defines the point on a map,
**(x~0~,y~0~)**, that corresponds to the 1^st^ element of the pixel
array. Refer to the paragraph in *italics* following
\<georecra\>(**4325##**).

\<grinitx\>**4341##** \[Grid 1^st^ element map x coordinate\] must be
used if \<gridinit\>(**4340##**) is used. It is the value **x~0~** of
**(x~0~,y~0~)**, which was mentioned in \<gridinit\>. The value is a
real (floating-point) number. Replace **4341##** with the value.

\<grinity\>**4342##** \[Grid 1^st^ element map y coordinate\] must be
used if \<gridinit\>(**4340##**) is used. It is the value **y~0~** of
**(x~0~,y~0~)**, which was mentioned in \<gridinit\>. The value is a
real (floating-point) number. Replace **4342##** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<gridori\>(4345##)**

**\<rowdeltx\>4346##\</rowdeltx\>**

**\<rowdelty\>4347##\</rowdelty\>**

**\<coldeltx\>4348##\</coldeltx\>**

**\<coldelty\>4349##\</coldelty\>**

**\</gridori\>**

Grid orientation

Compound tag \<gridori\>(**4345##**) \[Grid orientation\] must be used
if \<georecra\>(**4325##**) is used. It is the orientation of the image
pixel grid relative to the map on which it is overlaid. For **Δx~m~**,
**Δy~m~**, **Δx~n~** and **Δy~n~** in the next 4 tags, refer to the
paragraph in *italics* in the instructions for \<georecra\>(**4325##**).

\<rowdeltx\>**4346##** \[Row delta x\] must be used if
\<gridori\>(**4345##**) is used. It is the increment **Δx~m~** in the
map x-coordinates corresponding to an increment of one grid row. The
increment is a real (floating-point) number. A negative number means
that the map x-coordinate decreases with increasing row number. Replace
**4346##** with the number.

\<rowdelty\>**4347##** \[Row delta y\] must be used if
\<gridori\>(**4345##**) is used. It is the increment **Δy~m~** in the
map y-coordinates corresponding to an increment of one grid row. The
increment is a real (floating-point) number. A negative number means
that the map y-coordinate decreases with increasing row number. Replace
**4347##** with the number.

\<coldeltx\>**4348##** \[Column delta x\] must be used if
\<gridori\>(**4345##**) is used. It is the increment **Δx~n~** in map
x-coordinates corresponding to an increment of one grid column. The
increment is a real (floating-point) number. A negative number means
that the map x-coordinate decreases with increasing column number.
Replace **4348##** with the number.

\<coldelty\>**4349##** \[Column delta y\] must be used if
\<gridori\>(**4345##**) is used. It is the increment **Δy~n~** in map
y-coordinates corresponding to an increment of one grid column. The
increment is a real (floating-point) number. A negative number means
that the map y-coordinate decreases with increasing column number.
Replace **4349##** with the number.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<ptpos\>4351##\</ptpos\>**

Point position in pixel

\<ptpos\>**4351##** \[Point position in pixel\] must be used if
\<georecra\>(**4325##**) is used. It is the point in the pixel
corresponding to the Earth location of the pixel. Replace **4351##**
with free text, or choose one of

**center lower left corner lower right corner upper left corner**

**upper right corner**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<storord\>4352##\</storord\>**

Storage order

\<storord\>**4352##** \[Storage order\] must be used if
\<georecra\>(**4325##**) is used. It is a description of which index
varies most rapidly in the sequential storage of raster elements -- row
index (row major) or column index (column major). Replace **4352##**
with free text, or choose one of **row major** or **column major**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</georecra\>(4325##)**

End of \<georecra\>(**4325##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<georbler\>(4360##)**

Georeferenceable raster

Compound tag \<georbler\>(**4360##**) \[Georeferenceable raster\] must
be used if \<georefin\>(**4320##**) is used, and if
\<georecra\>(**4325##**) is not used. \<georecra\> and \<georbler\> are
concerned with whether raster cells are regularly or irregularly spaced;
therefore only one is applicable. \<georbler\> is a raster whose cells
are irregularly spaced in any geographic or map projection coordinate
system. The cells can be geolocated using geolocation information
supplied with the data, but not using the raster properties alone.
\<georbler\> encloses all tags from here to \</georbler\>, which is near
the end of Section 4.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<georefde\>(4365##)+**

Georeferencing description

Compound tag \<georefde\>(**4365##**) \[Georeferencing description\]
must be used if \<georbler\>(**4355##**) is used. It is a description of
information provided in the metadata that allows the geographic or map
location of raster points to be located. It is repeatable to handle
cases of multiple dereferencing information. \<georefde\> encloses all
tags from here to \</georefde\>, which is several pages away.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<gcptinfo\>(4370##)**

Ground control point information

If \<georefde\>(**4365##**) is used, at least one of
\<gcptinfo\>(**4370##**), \<insspgeo\>(**4410##**),
\<refrpoly\>(**4440##**), or \<othrefde\>**4446##** must be used. If one
is used, the others become optional. Compound tag
\<gcptinfo\>(**4370##**) \[Ground control point information\] describes
data points for which both raster and geographic locations are
available, and which can be used to relate raster and geographic
coordinates at other points. \<gcptinfo\> encloses all tags from here to
\</gcptinfo\>, which is several pages away.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<gcporg\>4371##\</gcporg\>**

Ground control point organization

\<gcporg\>**4371##** \[Ground control point organization\] must be used
if \<gcptinfo\>(**4370##**) is used. It says whether geographic
locations of control points are supplied together with raster points or
are in a separate library. Replace **4371##** with one of **location**
or **library**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<gcptdesc\>(4375##)+**

**\<gcptype\>4376##\</gcptype\>**

**\<gcpori\>4377#\</gcpori\>**

**\<gcpusefl\>4378#\</gcpusefl\>**

**\<gcpxaccu\>4379#\</gcpxaccu\>**

**\<gcpyaccu\>4381#\</gcpyaccu\>**

**\<gcpzaccu\>4382#\</gcpzaccu\>**

**\</gcptdesc\>**

Ground control point description

Compound tag \<gcptdesc\>(**4375##**) \[Ground control point
description\] must be used if \<gcptinfo\>(**4370##**) is used. It is
the lineage and applicability of one ground control point. It is
repeatable for multiple points.

\<gcptype\>**4376##** \[Control point type\] must be used if
\<gcptdesc\>(**4375##**) is used. It is a direction for which the
control point provides georeference information. Replace **4376##** with
one of **full**, **horizontal**, or **vertical**.

\<gcpori\>**4377#** \[Control point origin\] may optionally be used if
\<gcptdesc\>(**4375##**) is used. It is the source of the ground control
point measurement. Replace **4377#** with free text, or choose one of

**terrestrial global positioning system aerotriangulation tie point**

\<gcpusefl\>**4378#** \[Control point use flag\] may optionally be used
if \<gcptdesc\>(**4375##**) is used. It says whether the ground control
point has previously been used and verified. Replace **4378#** with free
text, or choose one of

**new used verfied not verified used and verified**

\<gcpxaccu\>**4379#** \[Control point horizontal x accuracy\] may
optionally be used if \<gcptdesc\>(**4375##**) is used. It is the *a
priori* standard deviation of the horizontal coordinates of the ground
control point, in coordinate units given by the entry in
\<geogunit\>**4008##**. Replace **4379#** with the standard deviation.
0.0 \<= \<gcpxaccu\>

\<gcpyaccu\>**4381#** \[Control point horizontal y accuracy\] may
optionally be used if \<gcptdesc\>(**4375##**) is used. It is the *a
priori* standard deviation of the horizontal coordinates of the ground
control point, in coordinate units given by the entry in
\<geogunit\>**4008##**. Replace **4381#** with the standard deviation.
0.0 \<= \<gcpyaccu\>

\<gcpzaccu\>**4382#** \[Control point vertical accuracy\] may optionally
be used if \<gcptdesc\>(**4375##**) is used. It is the *a priori*
standard deviation of the vertical coordinate of the ground control
point, in altitude units given by the entry in \<altunits\>. Replace
**4382#** with the standard deviation. 0.0 \<= \<gcpyaccu\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<gcptpos\>(4385##)+**

Ground control point position

Compound tag \<gcptpos\>(**4385##**) \[Ground control point position\]
must be used if \<gcptinfo\>(**4370##**) is used. It is a full
description of the location of one control point in both raster and
geographic or map coordinate systems. It is repeatable to handle
multiple points. \<gcptpos\> encloses tags from here to \</gcptpos\>,
which is several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<conptrpo\>(4390##)**

**\<gcprow\>4391##\</gcprow\>**

**\<gcpcolum\>4392##\</gcpcolum\>**

**\</conptrpo\>**

Control point raster position

Compound tag \<conptrpo\>(**4390##**) \[Control point raster position\]
must be used if \<gcptpos\>(**4385##**) is used. It is the position in
the raster array of one ground control point used in geolocating data.

\<gcprow\>**4391##** \[Control point row\] must be used if
\<conptrpo\>(**4390##**) is used. It is the value of the row coordinate
(a real floating-point number) at the position of one ground control
point in the raster grid. Replace **4391##** with the value.

0.0 \<= \<gcprow\>

\<gcpcolum\>**4392##** \[Control point column\] must be used if
\<conptrpo\>(**4390##**) is used. It is the value of the column
coordinate (a real floating-point number) at the position of one ground
control point in the raster grid. Replace **4391##** with the value.

0.0 \<= \<gcpcolum\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<gcpearlc\>(4395##)**

**\<gcpxval\>4396##\</gcpxval\>**

**\<gcpyval\>4397##\</gcpyval\>**

**\<gcpzval\>4398#\</gcpzval\>**

**\</gcpearlc\>**

Control point Earth location

Compound tag \<gcpearlc\>(**4395##**) \[Control point Earth location\]
must be used if \<gcptpos\>(**4385##**) is used, and if
\<gcporg\>**4371##** contains **location**. It is the geographic or map
location of one ground control point.

\<gcpxval\>**4396##** \[Control point x value\] must be used if
\<gcpearlc\>(**4395##**) is used. It is the value of the map
x-coordinate (a real floating-point number) at the control point
location. Replace **4396##** with the value.

\<gcpyval\>**4397##** \[Control point y value\] must be used if
\<gcpearlc\>(**4395##**) is used. It is the value of the map
y-coordinate (a real floating-point number) at the control point
location. Replace **4397##** with the value.

\<gcpzval\>**4398#** \[Control point z value\] may optionally be used if
\<gcpearlc\>(**4395##**) is used. It is the value of the vertical
coordinate (a real floating-point number), if any, at the control point
location. Replace **4398#** with the value.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<gcpidnt\>(4400##)**

**\<gcpid\>4401##\</gcpid\>**

**\<gcpauth\>(4405##)**

**\<citeinfo\>(4406##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</citeinfo\>**

**\</gcpauth\>**

**\</gcpidnt\>**

Control point identification

Compound tag \<gcpidnt\>(**4400##**) \[Control point identification\]
must be used if \<gcptpos\>(**4385##**) is used and \<gcporg\>**4371##**
contains **library**. It is information that allows the customer to find
the location of a control point from a catalogue.

\<gcpid\>**4401##** \[Control point identification\] must be used if
\<gcpidnt\>(**4400##**) is used. It is the library identifier assigned
to a control point. Replace **4401##** with the identifier. Use free
text.

Compound tag \<gcpauth\>(**4405##**) \[Control point authority\] must be
used if \<gcpidnt\>(**4400##**) is used. It is the name of the library
which can supply ground control point coordinates when provided with the
identifier entered in \<gcpid\>**4401##**.

Compound tag \<citeinfo\>(**4406##**) \[Citation information\] must be
used if \<gcpauth\>(**4405##**) is used. It cites a control point
library. Tags enclosed by \<citeinfo\> are like those enclosed by
earlier tag \<citeinfo\>(**1002###**). Follow the instructions from
those tags when using \<citeinfo\>(**4406##**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</gcptpos\>(4385##)**

End of \<**gcptpos**\>(**4385##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</gcptinfo\>(4370##)**

End of \<**gcptinfo**\>(**4370##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<insspgeo\>(4410##)**

Instrument-specific georeferencing

If \<georefde\>(**4365##**) is used, at least one of
\<gcptinfo\>(**4370##**), \<insspgeo\>(**4410##**),
\<refrpoly\>(**4440##**), or \<othrefde\>**4446##** must be used. If one
is used, the others become optional. \<insspgeo\>(**4410##**)
\[Instrument-specific georeferencing\] is information relating the
coordinate system of a particular instrument to a ground coordinate
system. \<insspgeo\> encloses all tags from here to \</insspgeo\>, which
is several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<posiinfo\>(4415##)+**

**\<prjcxpos\>4416##\</prjcxpos\>**

**\<prjcypos\>4417##\</prjcypos\>**

**\<prjczpos\>4418##\</prjczpos\>**

**\<omegarll\>4419##\</omegarll\>**

**\<phipitch\>4421##\</phipitch\>**

**\<kappayaw\>4422##\</kappayaw\>**

**\<attanglu\>4423##\</attanglu\>**

**\</posiinfo\>**

Positional information

Compound tag \<posiinfo\>(**4415##**) \[Positional information\] must be
used if \<insspgeo\>(**4410##**) is used. It is the orientation of the
instrument and detector projection. It is repeatable.

\<prjcxpos\>**4416##** \[Projection center x position\] must be used if
\<posiinfo\>(**4415##**) is used. It is the x-component of the position
of the projection center (a real floating-point number) in the ground
coordinate system defined under \<horizsys\>(**4001##**). Replace
**4416##** with the number.

\<prjcypos\>**4417##** \[Projection center y position\] must be used if
\<posiinfo\>(**4415##**) is used. It is the y-component of the position
of the projection center (a real floating-point number) in the ground
coordinate system defined under \<horizsys\>(**4001##**). Replace
**4417##** with the number.

\<prjczpos\>**4418##** \[Projection center z position\] must be used if
\<posiinfo\>(**4415##**) is used. It is the z-component of the position
of the projection center (a real floating-point number) in the ground
coordinate system defined under \<vertdef\>(**4300##**). Replace
**4418##** with the number.

\<omegarll\>**4419##** \[Roll\] must be used if \<posiinfo\>(**4415##**)
is used. It is roll angle *omega* (a real floating-point number) of the
image coordinate system relative to the ground coordinate system, in
units given by the entry in \<attanglu\>**4423##**, measured clockwise
around the positive x-axis (direction of motion). Replace **4419##**
with the angle.

\<phipitch\>**4421##** \[Pitch\] must be used if
\<posiinfo\>(**4415##**) is used. It is pitch angle *phi* (a real
floating-point number) of the image coordinate system relative to the
ground coordinate system, in units given by the entry in
\<attanglu\>**4423##**, measured clockwise around the positive y-axis.
Replace **4421##** with the angle.

\<kappayaw\>**4422##** \[Yaw\] must be used if \<posiinfo\>(**4415##**)
is used. It is yaw angle *kappa* (a real floating-point number) of the
image coordinate system relative to the ground coordinate system, in
units given by the entry in \<attanglu\>**4423##**, measured clockwise
around the positive z-axis (vertical). Replace **4421##** with the
angle.

\<attanglu\>**4423##** \[Attitude angular units\] must be used if
\<posiinfo\>(**4415##**) is used. It is the units of angular measure in
which the entries in \<omegarll\>**4419##**, \<phipitch\>**4421##**, and
\<kappayaw\>**4422##** are expressed. Replace **4423##** with the name
of the units of measure, or choose one of **degrees** or **radians**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<accexori\>(4425#)**

**\<accxpos\>4426##\</accxpos\>**

**\<accypos\>4427##\</accypos\>**

**\<acczpos\>4428##\</acczpos\>**

**\<accomega\>4429##\</accomega\>**

**\<accphi\>4431##\</accphi\>**

**\<acckappa\>4432##\</acckappa\>**

**\</accexori\>**

Exterior orientation accuracy

Compound tag \<accexori\>(**4425#**) \[Exterior orientation accuracy\]
may optionally be used if \<insspgeo\>(**4410##**) is used. It describes
the uncertainties in the parameters of exterior orientation.

\<accxpos\>**4426##** \[X position accuracy\] must be used if
\<accexori\>(**4425#**) is used. It is the standard deviation (a real
floating-point number) of the x coordinate of the projection center.
Replace **4426##** with the standard deviation. 0.0 \<= \<accxpos\>

\<accypos\>**4427##** \[Y position accuracy\] must be used if
\<accexori\>(**4425#**) is used. It is the standard deviation (a real
floating-point number) of the y coordinate of the projection center.
Replace **4427##** with the standard deviation. 0.0 \<= \<accypos\>

\<acczpos\>**4428##** \[Z position accuracy\] must be used if
\<accexori\>(**4425#**) is used. It is the standard deviation (a real
floating-point number) of the z coordinate of the projection center.
Replace **4428##** with the standard deviation. 0.0 \<= \<acczpos\>

\<accomega\>**4429##** \[Roll accuracy\] must be used if
\<accexori\>(**4425#**) is used. It is the standard deviation (a real
floating-point number) of the roll angle *omega*, in the same units as
the angle. Replace **4429##** with the standard deviation. 0.0 \<=
\<accomega\>

\<accphi\>**4431##** \[Pitch accuracy\] must be used if
\<accexori\>(**4425#**) is used. It is the standard deviation (a real
floating-point number) of the pitch angle *phi*, in the same units as
the angle. Replace **4431##** with the standard deviation. 0.0 \<=
\<accphi\>

\<acckappa\>**4432##** \[Yaw accuracy\] must be used if
\<accexori\>(**4425#**) is used. It is the standard deviation (a real
floating-point number) of the yaw angle *kappa*, in the same units as
the angle. Replace **4429##** with the standard deviation. 0.0 \<=
\<acckappa\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<pcrotseq\>4433##\</pcrotseq\>**

Rotation sequence

\<pcrotseq\>**4433##** \[Rotation sequence\] must be used if
\<insspgeo\>(**4410##**) is used. It is the sequence of rotations in
roll, pitch, and yaw, expressed as a 3-digit integer. 1 represents roll,
2 represents pitch, and 3 represents yaw, such that **132** would
represent a rotation in the sequence roll, yaw, pitch. Replace
**4433##** with one of **123**, **132**, **213**, **231**, **312**, or
**321**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<axrotcon\>4434##\</axrotcon\>**

Axis rotation convention

\<axrotcon\>**4434##** \[Axis rotation convention\] must be used if
\<insspgeo\>(**4410##**) is used. It states whether the coordinate
system axes are rotated or remain fixed with each step of application of
the rotation matrix. Replace **4434##** with one of **rotation** or
**fixed**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</insspgeo\>(4410##)**

End of \<insspgeo\>(**4410##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<refrpoly\>(4440##)**

**\<polyfunc\>(4445##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</polyfunc\>**

**\</refrpoly\>**

Referencing polynomial

If \<georefde\>(**4365##**) is used, at least one of
\<gcptinfo\>(**4370##**), \<insspgeo\>(**4410##**),
\<refrpoly\>(**4440##**), or \<othrefde\>**4446##** must be used. If one
is used, the others become optional. Compound tag
\<refrpoly\>(**4440##**) \[Referencing polynomial\] is a description of
a polynomial function used to relate image and ground positions.

Compound tag \<polyfunc\>(**4445##**) must be used if
\<refrpoly\>(**4440##**) is used. It contains the details of a
polynomial function mentioned in \<refrpoly\>, or even a non-polynomial
function. For details of using \<polyfunc\>, refer to
\<polyfunc\>(**5210##**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<othrefde\>4446##\</othrefde\>**

Other georeferencing description

If \<georefde\>(**4365##**) is used, at least one of
\<gcptinfo\>(**4370##**), \<insspgeo\>(**4410##**),
\<refrpoly\>(**4440##**), or \<othrefde\>**4446##** must be used. If one
is used, the others become optional. \<othrefde\>**4446##** \[Other
georeferencing description\] is a description of another method for
georeferencing. Replace **4446##** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</georefde\>(4365##)**

End of \<georefde\>(**4365##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<aerotref\>(4450#)+**

**\<citeinfo\>(4455##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</citeinfo\>**

**\</aerotref\>**

Aerotriangulation reference

Compound tag \<aerotref\>(**4450#**) \[Aerotriangulation reference\] may
optionally be used if \<georbler\>(**4355##**) is used. It contains
information describing photogrammetric triangulation using aerial
images. It is repeatable to handle multiple references.

Compound tag \<citeinfo\>(**4455##**) \[Citation information\] must be
used if \<aerotref\>(**4450#**) is used. It is the generic citation
information package from the FGDC publication, Section 8. In this case,
it is a citation for a photogrammetric triangulation reference. To use
\<citeinfo\>, refer to \<citeinfo\>(**1002###**) and use the
instructions there as a guide.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<swtrkinf\>(4460##)**

**\<grndshpe\>4461##\</grndshpe\>**

**\<xtrckmot\>4462##\</xtrckmot\>**

**\</swtrkinf\>**

Swath track information

Compound tag \<swtrkinf\>(**4460##**) \[Swath track information\] must
be used if \<georbler\>(**4355##**) is used, and if applicable. It is
applicable if there is a swath track. \<swtrkinf\> is the properties of
the swath track on the ground.

\<grndshpe\>**4461##** \[Ground shape\] must be used if
\<swtrkinf\>(**4460##**) is used. It is a free text description of the
shape of a pixel on the ground. Replace **4461##** with the description.

\<xtrckmot\>**4462##** \[Cross track motion\] must be used if
\<swtrkinf\>(**4460##**) is used. It is a free text description of the
direction and pattern of measurements relative to track. Replace
**4462##** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</georbler\>(4360##)**

End of \<georbler\>(**4360##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</georefin\>(4320##)**

End of \<georefin\>(**4320##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</spref\>**

End of Section 4

**Section 5: Entity and Attribute Information (Detailed Description of
Data)**

[[]{#Section_5_Entity_and_Attribute .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Section_4_Spatial_Reference_Information)
[►](#Section_6_Distribution_Information)**

**\<eainfo\>**

**Tags enclosed by** \<eainfo\>\</eainfo\> **are Section 5, in which the
logical format of the data and its records (if any), including
parameters and their locations, are documented in detail. The parameters
are \"attributes\" of \"entities\". For definitions of \"Entity\" and
\"Attribute\", see \"Words used in tag descriptions\" starting on page
3. Labels in Section 5 begin with \"5\".**

***Section 5 must be used if the item contains data with parameters, and
if using the data requires knowledge of the variables and their
positions in the data. Otherwise, Section 5 is optional.***

***Section 5 is recommended, regardless of the nature of the item.. If
there is data, and the layout of every record and the position of every
byte in a record is important, document it all in Section 5. If that
information is unimportant, irrelevant or nonexistent, use Section 5 to
explain why.***

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<detailed\>(5005##)+**

Detailed Description (FGDC element 5.1)

At least one of \<detailed\>(**5005##**) and \<overview\>(**5300##**)
must be used if Section 5 is used. If either tag is used, the other
becomes optional. Compound tag \<detailed\>(**5005##**) \[Detailed
Description\] should be used if the item has data with individual data
parameters, and detailed information about these parameters and their
locations in the data are required to utilize the data. \<detailed\>
describes the entities and their attributes. \<detailed\> is repeatable
to handle multiple entities.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<enttyp\>(5010##)**

**\<enttypl\>5011##\</enttypl\>**

**\<enttypd\>5012##\</enttypd\>**

**\<enttypds\>5013##\</enttypds\>**

**\</enttyp\>**

Entity type (FGDC element 5.1.1)

Compound tag \<enttyp\>(**5010##**) \[Entity type\] must be used if
\<detailed\>(**5005##**) is used. It allows the writer to name one
entity, define the name, and give a citation for the name.

\<enttypl\>**5011##** \[Entity type label\] must be used if
\<enttyp\>(**5010##**) is used. It is the name of the entity mentioned
in \<enttyp\>. That is, it is the name of the body that the data
measures, describes, or characterizes. As an example, if one measures
water temperature, salinity, turbidity, etc. in an aquarium, then
*aquarium water* or simply *aquarium* might be chosen as the entity.
Meteorological data usually involves the entity *atmosphere*, or
*troposphere* if only surface meteorological data is considered.
Meteorological data may also involve *soils* or *ocean surface*. Replace
**5011##** with an entity. \<enttypl\> is *not* repeatable, however.
Multiple entities are handled by multiple instances of
\<detailed\>(**5005##**), which is repeatable.

\<enttypd\>**5012##** \[Entity type definition\] must be used if
\<enttyp\>**5010##** is used. It is a description of the entity type
named in \<enttypl\>**5011##**. Replace **5012##** with a definition.

\<enttypds\>**5013##** \[Entity type definition authority\] must be used
if \<detailed\>(**5005##**) is used. It is the name of the authority for
the entity type definition used in \<enttypd\>**5012##**. Replace
**5013##** with the authority name. If there is no formal authority, use
**None**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<attr\>(5015##)+**

Attribute or data parameter (FGDC element 5.1.2)

Compound tag \<attr\>(**5015##**) \[Attribute\] must be used if Section
5 is used, and if applicable. It is applicable if the entity named in
the most recent \<enttypl\>**5011##** has attributes that need
describing. \<attr\> describes those attributes. It is repeatable so
that multiple attributes can be handled. \<attr\> encloses all of the
tags from here to \</attr\>, several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<attrlabl\>5016##\</attrlabl\>**

Attribute label (FGDC element 5.1.2.1)

\<attrlabl\>**5016##** \[Attribute label\] must be used if
\<attr\>(**5015##**) is used. \<attrlabl\> is the name of one attribute
mentioned in \<attr\>(**5015##**). Replace **5016##** with the name. But
don\'t enter just the bare name: Select a keyword from NASA GCMD\'s
thesaurus \"Science Keywords\" (see *Thesauri and thesauruses* on page
6) that seems to be the same thing as the attribute, and use the keyword
as the entry, instead. If the best keyword is a more general case of the
attribute, append the attribute name to the keyword using an extra
\"\>\", as use that as the entry. For example, if the attribute is
maximum surface air temperature, the nearest match in the thesaurus is
the keyword

EARTH SCIENCE \> Atmosphere \> Atmospheric Temperature \>
Maximum/Minimum Temperature

This keyword is a more general case of the attribute. After appending
the attribute name to the keyword, the entry becomes

\<attrlabl\>**EARTH SCIENCE \> Atmosphere \> Atmospheric Temperature \>
Maximum/Minimum Temperature \> Maximum Surface Air Temperature**

\</attrlabl\>

*Note: The keywords (not the entries) employed in*
\<attrlabl\>**5016##** *become entries in* \<theme\>(**1300###**)*.
Please refer to that tag and see \"(2) Data Parameters\".*

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<attrdef\>5017##\</attrdef\>**

Atribute definition (FGDC element 5.1.2.2)

\<attrdef\>**5017##** \[Atribute definition\] must be used if
\<attr\>(**5015##**) is used. It is a description of the attribute or
data parameter in \<attrlabl\>**5016##**. The definition may be a formal
one from a scientific paper or publication, or it may be an informal
definition. Replace **5017##** with the definition. For example, the
Maximum Surface Air Temperature definition could be

\<attrdef\>**Maximum Surface Air Temperature is the highest observed air
temperature within a few feet of the ground during a 24-hour period.**

\</attrdef\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<attrdefs\>5018##\</attrdefs\>**

Attribute definition source (FGDC element 5.1.2.3)

\<attrdefs\>**5018##** \[Attribute definition source\] must be used if
\<attr\>(**5015##**) is used. It is an explanation of the source or
authority for the definition used in \<attrdef\>**5017##**. The
authority may be a formal one such as a scientific paper or publication,
which should be cited here. If the authority is informal, use **None**.
Replace **5018##** with the explanation.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<edom\>(5020##)+**

**\<edomv\>5021##\</edomv\>**

**\<edomvd\>5022##\</edomvd\>**

**\<edomvds\>5023##\</edomvds\>**

**\<attr\>(5025##)+**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</attr\>**

**\</edom\>**

Enumerated domain of values (FGDC element 5.1.2.4.1)

Exactly one of \<edom\>(**5020##**), \<rdom\>(**5100##**),
\<codesetd\>(**5200##**), or \<udom\>(**5203##**) must be used if
\<attr\>(**5015##**) is used. Only one of the four is applicable.
Compound tag \<edom\>(**5020##**) \[Enumerated domain of values\] is the
choice if the attribute named in \<attrlabl\>**5016##** has an
enumerated domain of values; that is, there are a finite number of
possible values, which can be listed. \<edom\> documents one of these
values. \<edom\> is repeatable to handle multiple values.

\<edomv\>**5021##** \[Enumerated domain value\] must be used if
\<edom\>(**5020##**) is used. It is one of the enumerated values of the
attribute named in \<attrlabl\>**5016##**. Replace **5009##** with the
value.

\<edomvd\>**5022##** \[Enumerated domain value definition\] must be used
if \<edom\>(**5020##**) is used. It is a description of the value given
in \<edomv\>**5021##**. Explain what the value means, what the
measurement units are, if any, etc. This definition can be a formal one
from a scientific paper, publication, etc., or a less formal one.
Replace **5022##** with the description.

\<edomvds\>**5023##** \[Enumerated domain value definition source\] must
be used if \<edom\>(**5020##**) is used. It is the name of the formal
source or authority for the definition used in \<edomvd\>**5022##**. The
source may be a scientific paper, publication, etc. If there is no
formal source, use **None**. Replace **5011##** with the name.

\<attr\>(**5025##**) \[Attribute associated with an enumerated value\]
must be used if \<edom\>(**5020##**) is used, and if applicable. It is
applicable if the enumerated value in \<edomv\>**5021##** has an
attribute that needs further description, as if that attribute is an
entity in its own right. \<attr\>(**5025##**) and the tags it encloses
are the same as the tags enclosed by \<attr\>(**5015##**), among which
is \<attr\>(**5025##**). \<attr\>(**5025##**) is repeatable in case
there are multiple attributes of the attribute. For details of how to
use each tag enclosed by \<attr\>(**5025##**), refer to descriptions of
tags enclosed by \<attr\>(**5015##**).
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<rdom\>(5100##)**

**\<rdommin\>5101##\</rdommin\>**

**\<rdommax\>5102##\</rdommax\>**

**\<attrunit\>5103##\</attrunit\>**

**\<attrmres\>5104#\</attrmres\>**

**\<attr\>(5105##)+**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</attr\>**

**\</rdom\>**

Range domain of values (FGDC element 5.1.2.4.2)

Exactly one of \<edom\>(**5020##**), \<rdom\>(**5100##**),
\<codesetd\>(**5200##**), or \<udom\>(**5203##**) must be used if
\<attr\>(**5015##**) is used. Only one of the four is applicable.
Compound tag \<rdom\>(**5100##**) \[Range domain of values\] is the
choice if the attribute named in \<attrlabl\>**5016##** has a continuous
range of values with upper and lower limits. \<rdom\> describes these
limits.

\<rdommin\>**5101##** \[Range domain minimum value\] and
\<rdommax\>**5102##** \[Range domain maximum value\] must be used if
\<rdom\>(**5100##**) is used. \<rdommin\> is the minimum value that the
attribute named in \<attrlabl\>**5016##** can have, and \<rdommax\> is
the maximum value. These values are entered as free text because values
are not necessarily numeric. Replace **5101##** with the minimum value
and **5102##** with the maximum value.

\<attrunit\>**5103##** \[Attribute measurement units\] must be used if
\<rdom\>(**5100##**) is used, and if applicable. It is a name for the
measurement units used. Use only the units name (**feet**, **degrees
Celsius**, **knots**, etc.). Replace **5103##** with the name.
Measurement unit resolution (whole, tenths, hundredths, etc.) is handled
in the next tag, \<attrmres\>**5104#**.

\<attrmres\>**5104#** \[Attribute measurement resolution\] may
optionally be used if \<rdom\>(**5100##**) is used. It is a real
(floating-point) number that is the smallest difference between data
values. Replace **5104#** with the number. For example, if **feet** was
the entry in \<attrunit\>**5103##** but the resolution is hundredths of
feet, enter **0.01** here. If the resolution is whole **feet**, enter
**1**. 0.0 \< \<attrmres\>

\<attr\>(**5105##**) \[Attribute associated with range domain of
values\] must be used if \<rdom\>(**5100##**) is used, and if the range
of values given in \<rdommin\>**5101##** and \<rdommax\>**5102##** has
at least one attribute that needs a description (as if the range of
values is an entity). \<attr\>(**5105##**) repeats all of the tags
enclosed by \<attr\>(**5015##**), which includes this tag. \<attr\> is
repeatable in case there are multiple attributes. Refer to the
descriptions of the tags enclosed by \<attr\>(**5015##**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<codesetd\>(5200##)**

**\<codesetn\>5201##\</codesetn\>**

**\<codesets\>5202##\</codesets\>**

**\</codesetd\>**

Codeset domain (FGDC element 5.1.2.4.3)

Exactly one of \<edom\>(**5020##**), \<rdom\>(**5100##**),
\<codesetd\>(**5200##**), or \<udom\>(**5203##**) must be used if
\<attr\>(**5015##**) is used. Only one of the four is applicable.
Compound tag \<codesetd\>(**5200##**) \[Codeset domain\] is chosen if
the values of the attribute named in \<attrlabl\>**5016##** are in a
formally recognized \"codeset\" domain. \<codesetd\> describes this
domain. For a \<codesetd\> domain, values don\'t need to be defined in
the metadata because they are already well-known to the customer
community. The names of the codeset and its source are sufficient
documentation.

\<codesetn\>**5201##** \[Codeset name\] must be used if
\<codesetd\>(**5200##**) is used. It is the name of the codeset
mentioned in \<codesetd\>(**5200##**). Replace **5201##** with the name.

\<codesets\>**5202##** \[Codeset source\] must be used if
\<codesetd\>(**5200##**) is used. It is a citation of the source or
authority of the codeset named in \<codesetn\>**5201##**. Replace
**5202##** with the citation.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<udom\>5203##\</udom\>**

Unrepresentable domain (FGDC element 5.1.2.4.4)

Exactly one of \<edom\>(**5020##**), \<rdom\>(**5100##**),
\<codesetd\>(**5200##**), or \<udom\>(**5203##**) must be used if
\<attr\>(**5015##**) is used. Only one of the four is applicable.
\<udom\> is the choice if the data domain cannot be represented by any
of the other choices. \<udom\> is an explanation of why the data domain
is unrepresentable. Replace **5203##** with the explanation.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<datascal\>(5205##)**

**\<polyfunc\>(5210##)**

**\<polynume\>**

**\<nnumterm\>5212##\</nnumterm\>**

**\<polycoef\>5213##\</polycoef\>+**

**\</polynume\>**

**\<polydeno\>**

**\<ndenterm\>5216##\</ndenterm\>**

**\<polycoef\>5217##\</polycoef\>+**

**\</polydeno\>**

**\</polyfunc\>**

**\<nonpolscal\>5218##\</nonpolscal\>**

**\</datascal\>**

Data scaling information

Compound tag \<datascal\>(**5205##**) \[Data scaling information\] must
be used if \<attr\>(**5015##**) is used, and if applicable. It is
applicable if a mathematical function is used to convert values for the
attribute named in \<attrlabl\>**5016##** from one scale to another
scale. \<datascal\> is a description of this mathematical function.

Compound tag \<polyfunc\>(**5210##**) \[Polynomial function\] must be
used if \<datascal\>(**5205##**) is used, and if applicable. It is
applicable if the function mentioned in \<datascal\> is a polynomial.
\<polyfunc\> is a description of this polynomial function.

*Definition of a polynomial function: A function in successive powers of
the independent variable, or the ratio of two such functions, that is
used in a transformation, one example of which is scaling (derivation of
a value on one scale or coordinate system from an initial value in
another), in the sense of* **derived value = polynomial (initial
value)***. An simple example of a polynomial is* **x = Ay^3^ + By^2^+
Cy + D**, *where* **x** *is the derived value,* **y** *is the initial
value, and* **A***,* **B***,* **C** *and* **D** *are constant real
coefficients. Any of the latter, except* **A***, may be zero. An*
**m***-order polynomial has* **m+1** *terms. As noted, a polynomial may
also be the ratio of two polynomials.*

\<nnumterm\>**5212##** \[Number of numerator terms\] must be used if
\<polyfunc\>(**5210##**) is used. It is the number (an integer) of
nonzero terms in the numerator of the polynomial. Replace **5212##**
with the integer.

\<polycoef\>**5213##** \[Polynomial coefficient\] must be used if
\<polyfunc\>(**5210##**) is used. It is the coefficient of one term in
the numerator of the polynomial function. The coefficient is a real
(floating-point) number. Replace **5213##** with the coefficient.
\<polycoef\> is repeatable so that all coefficients can be given; the
number of instances must be equal to the integer entered in
\<nnumterm\>**5213##**.

\<ndenterm\>**5216##** \[Number of denominator terms\] must be used if
\<polyfunc\>(**5210##**) is used. It is the number (an integer) of
nonzero terms in the denominator of the polynomial. Replace **5216##**
with the integer. If the polynomial is not a ratio (see italics above),
enter **1** here.

\<polycoef\>(**5217##**) \[Polynomial coefficient in denominator\] must
be used if \<polyfunc\>(**5210##**) is used. It is the coefficient of
one term in the denominator of the polynomial function. The coefficient
is a real (floating-point) number. Replace **5217##** with the
coefficient. \<polycoef\> is repeatable so that all coefficients can be
given; the number of instances must be equal to the integer entered in
\<ndenterm\>**5216##**. If the polynomial is not a ratio (see italics
above), enter **1.0** in a single instance of \<polycoef\>(**5217##**).

\<nonpolscal\>**5218##** \[Non-polynomial scaling\] must be used if
\<datascal\>(**5205##**) is used, and if applicable. It is applicable if
the function mentioned in \<datascal\> is not a polynomial.
\<nonpolscal\> is a description of this non-polynomial function. Replace
**5218##** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<begdatea\>5221#\</begdatea\>**

**\<enddatea\>5222#\</enddatea\>**

Beginning date of attribute values (FGDC element 5.1.2.5)

Ending date of attribute values (FGDC element 5.1.2.6)

\<begdatea\>**5221#** \[Beginning date of attribute values\] and
\<enddatea\>**5222#** \[Ending date of attribute values\] are optional
if \<attr\>(**5015##**) is used. They are the earliest and latest
calendar dates for which values of the attribute named in
\<attrlabl\>**5016##** are available. Use the YYYYMMDD format.
Alternatively, \<begdatea\> can be used for a single date. In that case,
do not use \<enddatea\>; just remove its label **5222#**. If
\<begdatea\> and \<enddatea\> will supply only information that is
already supplied by \<begdate\>**1073###** and \<enddate\>**1075###,**
both of which are must-use tags, there is little need to use
\<begdatea\> and \<enddatea\>.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<attrvai\>(5225#)**

**\<attrva\>5226##\</attrva\>**

**\<attrvae\>5227##\</attrvae\>**

**\</attrvai\>**

Attribute accuracy information (FGDC element 5.1.2.7)

Compound tag \<attrvai\>(**5225#**) \[Attribute accuracy information\]
may optionally be used if \<attr\>(**5015##**) is used. It is an
estimate of the data accuracy of the data for the attribute named in
\<attrlabl\>**5016##**.

\<attrva\>**5226##** \[Attribute value accuracy\] must be used if
\<attrvai\>(**5225#**) is used. It is a number that expresses the
estimated accuracy of the attribute named in \<attrlabl\>**5016##**. The
entry is a real number. Replace **5226##** with the number.

\<attrvae\>**5227##** \[ Attribute value accuracy explanation\] must be
used if \<attrvai\>(**5225#**) is used. It is an description of the
number entered in \<attrva\>**5226##** and its units, including how that
number was derived or estimated. Replace label **5227##** with the
description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<attrmfrq\>5228#\</attrmfrq\>**

Attribute measurement frequency (FGDC element 5.1.2.8)

\<attrmfrq\>**5228#** \[Attribute measurement frequency\] may optionally
be used if \<attr\>(**5015##**) is used. It states how often values of
the attribute named in \<attrlabl\>**5016##** are added. Replace
**5228#** with the statement, or choose one of

**Unknown As needed Irregular None planned**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</attr\>(5015##)**

End of \<attr\>(**5015##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</detailed\>(5005##)**

End of \<detailed\>(**5005##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<overview\>(5300##)+**

**\<eaover\>5301##\</eaover\>**

**\<eadetcit\>5302##\</eadetcit\>+**

**\</overview\>**

Overview (FGDC element 5.2)

At least one of \<detailed\>(**5005##**) and \<overview\>(**5300##**)
must be used if Section 5 is used. If either tag is used, the other
becomes optional. Compound tag \<overview\>(**5300##**) \[Overview\] can
be a general description of the data and a free-text citation of
scientific literature sources. It can also be an explanation of why a
detailed description of the item\'s data is, or is not, given.
\<overview\>is repeatable.

\<eaover\>**5301##** \[Entity and Attribute Overview\] must be used if
\<overview\> is used. It is a general discussion of the data. Replace
**5301##** with the discussion. Here are ideas:

1.  When \<detailed\> is used, an entry in \<eaover\> might be:

    a.  A summary of what was entered in \<detailed\>.

    b.  An explanation that entries in \<detailed\> came wholly or
        partially from publications or other formal sources. (The next
        tag after \<eaover\>, \<eadetcit\>**5302##**, gives the actual
        citation(s).)

2.  When \<detailed\> is not used, an explanation should be entered in
    \<eaover\>. Reasons why \<detailed\> is not used can include, but
    are not limited to:

    a.  The item is a satellite photograph, web page, or other thing for
        which data parameters are unknown, irrelevant, or nonexistent.

    b.  Data is tabular with column headings and is either a printed
        listing or a digital text file which anyone with a printer or a
        text editor program can easily read and interpret.

    c.  Data is in an accepted standard format such that a description
        of it is unnecessary and/or in violation of copyright law.
        Include the name of the format in the explanation.

\<eadetcit\>**5302##** \[Entity and Attribute Detail Citation\] must be
used if \<overview\>(**5300##**) is used. If \<detailed\>(**5005##**)
contains any information from scientific papers, publications or other
formal sources, replace **5302##** with the citation of one such source.
Otherwise, enter **None**. This tag is repeatable in case there are
multiple citiations.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</eainfo\>**

End of Section 5

**Section 6: Distribution Information**

[[]{#Section_6_Distribution_Information .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Section_5_Entity_and_Attribute)
[►](#Section_7_Metadata_Reference)**

**\<distinfo\>+**

**Tags enclosed by** \<distinfo\>\</distinfo\> **are Section 6, which
describes a procedure for distribution of the item to customers. Labels
in Section 6 begin with \"6\". Section 6 is repeatable to handle
multiple procedures.**

***Section 6 must be used if there is a distribution procedure for the
item.***

***Almost every NCDC item has a distribution procedure, even if it
consists only of dialing NCDC\'s customer service voice telephone. So
Section 6 should be used in all such cases.***

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<distrib\>**

**\<cntinfo\>(6001##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</cntinfo\>**

**\</distrib\>**

Point of contact for distribution information (FGDC element 6.1 \> 10)

Compound tag \<cntinfo\>(**6001##**) \[Contact information\] must be
used if Section 6 is used. \<cntinfo\> is generic contact information
from the FGDC publication, Section 10. In this case, it names a person
and/or organization that can be contacted for more information about
distribution of the item. Please refer to instructions for
\<cntinfo\>(**7006##**). For most items at NCDC, the tags enclosed by
\<cntinfo\>(**6001##**) and \<cntinfo\>(**7006##**) will have the same
entries.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<resdesc\>6018##\</resdesc\>**

Resource description (FGDC element 6.2)

\<resdesc\>**6018##** \[Resource description\] must be used if Section 6
is used. It is the type of resource that the item represents. The entry
is a short name or ID by which the item can be requested from the person
and/or organization named under \<cntinfo\>(**6001##**). Replace
**6018##** with the short name or ID. (For a data set at NCDC, an ID for
a data set is a data set identifier (DSI) number such as **DSI-3200**.)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<distliab\>6019##\</distliab\>**

Distribution liability (FGDC element 6.3)

\<distliab\>**6019##** \[Distribution liability\] must be used if
Section 6 is used. It is a statement about the legal liability that the
organization named in \<cntinfo\>(**6001##**) assumes for use of the
item by others. Replace **6019##** with the statement. For NCDC, an
example is:

**Disclaimer: While every effort has been made to ensure that these data
are accurate and reliable within the limits of the current state of the
art, NOAA cannot assume liability for any damages caused by any errors
or omissions in the data, nor as a result of the failure of the data to
function on a particular system. NOAA makes no warranty, expressed or
implied, nor does the fact of distribution constitute such a warranty.**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<stdorder\>(6020##)+**

Standard order process (FGDC element 6.4)

Compound tag \<stdorder\>(**6020##**) \[Standard order process\] must be
used if Section 6 is used, and if applicable. It is applicable if there
is a standardized order process. \<stdorder\> is a common way in which
the item may be obtained or received, and related instructions and fee
information. \<stdorder\> is repeatable to handle multiple methods. If
the order process does not fit in the structure of \<stdorder\>, do not
use \<stdorder\>; use \<custom\>**6101##** to describe it instead.
\<stdorder\> encloses all tags from here to \</stdorder\>, which is
several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<nondig\>6021##\</nondig\>**

Non-digital form (FGDC element 6.4.1)

\<nondig\>**6021##** \[Non-digital form\] must be used if
\<stdorder\>(**6020##**) is used, and if \<digform\>**6025##** is not
used. \<nondig\> is a description of options for obtaining the item on
non-computer-compatible media (as opposed to \<digform\> which is for
computer-compatible media). Replace **6021##** with the description. If
there are options for both non-computer-compatible media and
computer-compatible media, document those options in separate instances
of Section 6 (\<distinfo\>), using \<nondig\> in one instance and
\<digform\> in the other.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<digform\>(6025##)+\
**

Digital form (FGDC element 6.4.2)

Compound tag \<digform\>(**6025##**) \[Digital form\] must be used if
\<stdorder\>(**6020##**) is used, and if \<nondig\>**6021##** is not
used. \<digform\> is a description of an option for obtaining the item
on computer-compatible media (as opposed to \<nondig\> which is for
non-computer-compatible media). If there are options for both
non-computer-compatible media and computer-compatible media, document
those options in separate instances of Section 6 (\<distinfo\>), using
\<nondig\> in one instance and \<digform\> in the other instance.
\<digform\> is repeatable to handle multiple computer-compatible-media
options. If there are online and offline options for obtaining the item
on computer-compatible media , use a separate instance of \<digform\>
for each kind of option. \<digform\> encloses all tags from here to
\</digform\>, which is several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<digtinfo\>(6030##)**

**\<formname\>6031##\</formname\>**

**\<formvern\>6032#\</formvern\>**

**\<formverd\>6033#\</formverd\>**

**\<formspec\>6034#\</formspec\>**

**\<formcont\>6036#\</formcont\>**

**\<filedec\>6037##\</filedec\>**

**\<transize\>6038#\</transize\>**

**\</digtinfo\>**

Digital transfer information (FGDC element 6.4.2.1)

Compound tag \<digtinfo\>(**6030##**) \[Digital transfer information\]
must be used if \<digform\>(**6025##**) is used. It is a description of
the form of the item\'s data to be used for distribution.

\<formname\>**6031##** \[Format name\] must be used if
\<digtinfo\>(**6030##**) is used. It is the name of the data transfer
format. Replace **6031##** with the name of the format, or choose one of
the following acronyms in **boldface.** (Long names or descriptions are
in regular print.)

**ARCE** ARC/INFO Export format

**ARCG** ARC/INFO Generate format

**ASCII** ASCII file, formatted for text attributes, declared format

**BIL** Imagery, band interleaved by line

**BIP** Imagery, band interleaved by pixel

**BSQ** Imagery, band interleaved sequential

**CDF** Common data format

**CFF** Cartographic Feature File (U.S. Forest Service)

**COORD** User-created coordinate file, declared format

**DEM** Digital Elevation Model format (U.S. Geological Survey)

**DFAD** Digital Feature Analysis Data (National Imagery and Mapping
Agency)

**DGN** Microstation format (Intergraph Corportation)

**DIGEST** Digital Geographic Information Exchange Standard

**DLG** Digital Line Graph (U.S. Geological Survey)

**DTED** Digital Terrain Elevation Data (MIL-D-89020)

**DWG** AutoCAD Drawing Format

**DX90** Data Exchange \'90

**DXF** AutoCAD Drawing Exchange Format

**ERDAS** ERDAS image files (ERDAS Corporation)

**GRASS** Geographic Resources Analysis Support System

**HDF** Hierarchical Data Format

**IGDS** Interactive Graphic Design System format (Intergraph
Corporation)

**IGES** Initial Graphics Exchange Standard

**MOSS** Multiple Overlay Statistical System export file

**netCDF** network Common Data Format

**NITF** National Imagery Transfer Format

**RPF** Raster Product Format (National Imagery and Mapping Agency)

**RVC** Raster Vector Converted format (MicroImages)

**RVF** Raster Vector Format (MicroImages)

**SDTS** Spatial Data Transfer Standard (Federal Information Processing
Standard 173)

**SIF** Standard Interchange Format (DOD Project 2851)

**SLF** Standard Linear Format (National Imagery and Mapping Agency)

**TIFF** Tagged Image File Format

**TGRLN** Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing
(TIGER) Line format (Bureau of the Census)

**VPF** Vector Product Format (National Imagery and Mapping Agency)

\<formvern\>**6032#** \[Format version number\] may optionally be used
if \<digtinfo\>(**6030##**) is used, and if \<formverd\>**6033#** is not
used. \<formvern\> is the version number of the format. \<formvern\> is
preferred over \<formverd\>, which is the release date of the version.
Replace **6032#** with a version number, using free text.

\<formverd\>**6033#** \[Format version date\] may optionally be used if
\<digtinfo\>(**6030##**) is used, and if \<formvern\>**6032#** is not
used. \<formverd\> is the date of the version of the format.
\<formvern\> is preferred over \<formverd\> if the version number is
available. Replace **6033#** with the calendar date when the version was
released. Use YYYYMMDD format.

\<formspec\>**6034#** \[Format specification\] may optionally be used if
either \<formvern\>**6032#** or \<formverd\>**6033#** is used. It is the
name of a subset, profile, or product specification of the format.
Replace **6034#** with the name.

\<formcont\>**6036#** \[Format information content\] may optionally be
used if \<digtinfo\>(**6030##**) is used. It is a description of the
content of the data encoded in a format. Replace **6036#** with the
description.

\<filedec\>**6037##** \[File decompression technique\] must be used if
\<digtinfo\>(**6030##**) is used, and if applicable. It is applicable if
data compression techniques have been applied to the data that is
distributed to customers, or if the customer might expect that such
techniques have been applied. \<filedec\> recommends algorithms or
processes (including means of obtaining these algorithms or processes)
that can be applied to read or expand the compressed data. Replace
**6037##** with these recommendations, or enter **No compression
applied**.

\<transize\>**6038#** \[Transfer size\] may optionally be used if
\<digtinfo\>(**6030##**) is used. It is the size, or estimated size, of
the transferred digital item in megabytes. The size is a real
(floating-point) number. Replace **6038#** with the number.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<digtopt\>(6040##)**

Digital transfer option (FGDC element 6.4.2.2)

Compound tag \<digtopt\>(**6040##**) \[Digital transfer option\] must be
used if \<digform\>(**6025##**) is used. It is the means and media by
which the item\'s data is obtained from the distributor. \<digtopt\>
encloses all tags from here to \</digtopt\>, which is several pages
farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<onlinopt\>(6045##)+**

Online option (FGDC element 6.4.2.2.1)

Compound tag \<onlinopt\>(**6045##**) \[Online option\] must be used if
\<digtopt\>(**6040##**) is used, and if \<offoptn\>(**6085##**) is not
used. It is information required to obtain the data set directly and
electronically, which is an \"online option\". It is repeatable for
multiple online options. \<onlinopt\> encloses all tags between here and
\</onlinopt\>, which is a page or two farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<computer\>(6050##)+**

**\<networka\>(6055##)**

**\<networkr\>6056##\</networkr\>+**

**\<CI_OnlineResource\>(6060##)+**

**\<linkage\>6061##\</linkage\>**

**\<protocol\>6062#\</protocol\>**

**\<applicationProfile\>6063#\</applicationProfile\>**

**\<name\>6064#\</name\>**

**\<description\>6066#\</description\>**

**\<function\>6067#\</function\>**

**\</CI_OnlineResource\>**

**\</networka\>**

**\</computer\>**

Computer contact information (FGDC element 6.4.2.2.1.1)

*The purpose of these tags is to document how to establish
communications with the distribution computer. Another way of saying
this is that [primary]{.underline} online resources are documented.
([Secondary]{.underline} online resources are documented in*
\<onlink\>**1012###***.)*

Compound tag \<computer\>(**6050##**) \[Computer contact information\]
must be used if \<onlinopt\>(**6045##**) is used. It is instructions for
establishing communications with the distribution computer. It is
repeatable to handle multiple ways to establish communications.
\<computer\> and its enclosed tags are where all major URLs related to
the item should be documented.

Compound tag \<networka\>(**6055##**) \[Network address\] must be used
if \<computer\>(**6050##**) is used. It documents an electronic address
from which the item can be obtained.

\<networkr\>**6056##** \[Network resource name\] must be used if
\<networka\>(**6055##**) is used. It is the name of a file or service
from which the item, or part of the item, can be obtained in digital
form from the distribution computer. It is repeatable for multiple files
or services. Replace **6056##** with the entry.

Compound tag \<CI_OnlineResource\>(**6060##**) \[Citation online
resource\] must be used if \<networka\>(**6055##**) is used. It
documents an electronic address. In this case, it is the electronic
address mentioned in \<networka\>, where the item can be obtained in
digital form. \<CI_OnlineResource\> is repeatable to handle multiple
electronic addresses. \<CI_OnlineResource\> is an ISO 19115 element.

\<linkage\>**6061##** \[Linkage\] must be used if
\<CI_OnlineResource\>(**6060##**) is used. It is the electronic address,
or link. In most cases, this link is a URL. Replace **6061##** with the
link.

*If* \<linkage\>**6061##** *contains a URL where the item can be
downloaded, and if* \<obtain\>**1052##** *is in the template, the latter
must be used. In that case, replace label* **1052##** *with the URL.
See* \<noaainfo\>(**1041###**)*.*

\<protocol\>**6062#** \[Protocol\] may optionally be used if
\<CI_OnlineResource\>(**6060##**) is used. It is the name of the
protocol used to make connection to the electronic address entered in
\<linkage\>**6061##**. Two possibilities are **http** or **ftp**.
Replace **6062#** with the name.

\<applicationProfile\>**6063#** \[Application profile\] may optionally
be used if \<CI_OnlineResource\>(**6060##**) is used. It is the type of
application profile, i.e. the kind of software application, to be used
for the online resource. Examples: **web browser**, **PDF document**,
**Word document**. Replace **6063#** with the name.

\<name\>**6064#** \[Name\] may optionally be used if
\<CI_OnlineResource\>(**6060##**) is used. It is the name of the online
resource. Replace **6064#** with the name. \<name\> repeats an entry
from \<networkr\>**6056##**. Repeating that entry in \<name\> is good
because, here, it is grouped with the rest of the information about the
name.

\<description\>**6066#** \[Description\] may optionally be used if
\<CI_OnlineResource\>(**6060##**) is used. It is a detailed description
of the online resource. Replace **6066#** with the description. It
should be consistent with \<function\>**6067#**, if that tag is used.

\<function\>**6067#** \[Function\] may optionally be used if
\<CI_OnlineResource\>(**6060##**) is used. It is a 3-digit integer that
is a coded explanation of what the online resource does. Replace
**6067#** with one of **001**, **002**, **003**, **004**, or **005**.

**001** = data download.

**002** = information about the item or related issues.

**003** = order the item offline.

**004** = order the item online.

**005** = online search interface to get information about the item, or
about related issues.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

*Note: a short FGDC RSE subsection that documents a possible computer
dial-up connection to NCDC has been omitted here because it may no
longer exist, and its utilization by customers is considered unlikely,
given the existence of the internet. The subsection begins with*
\<dialinst\> *in the template, a few lines after*
\<function\>**6067#***. The metadata write may use this subsection if
needed.*

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<accinstr\>6081#\</accinstr\>**

Access instructions (FGDC element 6.4.2.2.1.2)

\<accinstr\>**6081#** \[Access instructions\] may optionally be used if
\<onlinopt\>(**6045##**) is used. It is instructions for the steps
required to access the item in digital form. Replace **6081#** with the
instructions.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</onlinopt\>(6045##)**

End of \<onlinopt\>(**6045##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<offoptn\>(6085##)**

**\<offmedia\>6086#\</offmedia\>**

**\<reccap\>(6090##)**

**\<recden\>6091##\</recden\>+**

**\<recdenu\>6092##\</recdenu\>**

**\</reccap\>**

**\<recfmt\>6093##\</recfmt\>+**

**\<compat\>6094##\</compat\>**

**\</offoptn\>**

Offline option (FGDC element 6.4.2.2.2)

Compound tag \<offoptn\>(**6085##**) \[Offline option\] must be used if
\<digtopt\>(**6040##**) is used, and if \<onlinopt\>(**6045##**) is not
used. It is information about media-specific options for receiving the
item in digital form.

\<offmedia\>**6086#** \[Offline media\] must be used if
\<offoptn\>(**6085##**) is used. It is the name of the media on which
the item can be received in digital form. Replace the label **6086#**
with the name, or choose one of

**CD-ROM 3½ inch floppy disk 5¼ inch floppy disk**

**9-track tape 4 mm cartridge tape 8 mm cartridge tape**

*If* \<offmedia\>**6086#** *is used and if* \<medium\>**1048#** *is in
the template, the latter may optionally be used. To use it, copy the
entry to* \<medium\>*, replacing label* **1048#**. *See*
\<noaainfo\>(**1041###**)*.*

Compound tag \<reccap\>(**6090##**) \[Recording capacity\] must be used
if \<offoptn\>(**6085##**) is used, and if applicable. It documents the
density in which the item can be recorded on the digital medium, and is
applicable when different recording densities are possible.

\<recden\>**6091##** \[Recording density\] must be used if
\<reccap\>(**6090##**) is used. It is the density (a real floating-point
number) in which the item can be recorded in digital form. Replace
**6091##** with the density. It is repeatable for multiple densities.
0.0 \< \<recden\>

\<recdenu\>**6092##** \[Recording density units\] must be used if
\<reccap\>(**6090##**) is used. It is the name of the units of measure
for the recording density. Replace **6092##** with the name.

\<recfmt\>**6093##** \[Recording format\] must be used if
\<offoptn\>(**6085##**) is used. It is the options available, or methods
used, to write the item to the medium in digital form. It is repeatable
to handle multiple options. Replace **6093##** with the information, or
choose one of

**cpio**

**tar**

**High Sierra**

**ISO 9660**

**ISO 9660 with Rock Ridge extensions**

**ISO 9660 with Apple HFS extensions**

\<compat\>**6094##** \[Compatibility information\] must be used if
\<offoptn\>(**6085##**) is used, and if applicable. It is a description
of other limitations or requirements for using the medium. Replace
**6094##** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</digtopt\>(6040##)**

End of \<digtopt\>(**6040##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</digform\>(6025##)**

End of \<digform\>(**6025##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<fees\>6096##\</fees\>**

Fees (FGDC element 6.4.3)

\<fees\>**6096##** \[Fees\] must be used if if \<stdorder\>(**6020##**)
is used. It is a description of the fees and terms for retrieving the
item. Replace **6096##** with the description, or choose one of **Fee
information not available** or **None**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<ordering\>6097#\</ordering\>**

Ordering instructions (FGDC element 6.4.4)

\<ordering\>**6097#** \[Ordering instructions\] may optionally be used
if \<stdorder\>(**6020##**) is used. It is general instructions and
advice given by the distributor about the item. It includes any special
terms and services provided that are not mentioned elsewhere. Replace
**6097#** with the instructions.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<turnarnd\>6098#\</turnarnd\>**

Turnaround (FGDC element 6.4.5)

\<turnarnd\>**6098#** \[Turnaround\] may optionally be used if
\<stdorder\>(**6020##**) is used. It is a description of the typical
turnaround time for the filling of an order. Replace **6098#** with the
description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</stdorder\>(6020##)**

End of \<stdorder\>(**6020##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<custom\>6101##\</custom\>**

Custom ordering procedure (FGDC element 6.5)

\<custom\>**6101##** \[Custom ordering procedure\] must be used if
Section 6 is used, and if applicable. It is applicable if distribution
services available for the item cannot be described in
\<stdorder\>(**6020##**) because of that tag\'s structure. \<custom\> is
a description of these custom distribution services, and the terms and
conditions for obtaining them. Replace **6101##** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<techpreq\>6102#\</techpreq\>**

Technical prerequisites for the customer (FGDC element 6.6)

\<techpreq\>**6102#** \[Technical prerequisites\] may optionally be used
if Section 6 is used. It is a description of technical capabilities that
the customer must have in order to use the item. Examples: A computer
with internet browser to download digital files may be needed. The
customer or customer\'s staff may need to write a computer program that
will read and utilize the data files. Replace **6102#** with the
description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</distinfo\>**

End of Section 6

**Section 7: Metadata Reference Information**

[[]{#Section_7_Metadata_Reference .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Section_6_Distribution_Information)
[►](#Section_A_Platform_and_Mission)**

**\<metainfo\>**

**Tags enclosed by** \<metainfo\>\</metainfo\> **are Section 7, which
provides comprehensive information about the metadata, including the
person or organization responsible for it. Note that Section 7 is not
about the item, but its metadata.**

***Section 7 must be used.***

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<metd\>7001###\</metd\>**

**\<metrd\>7002#\</metrd\>**

**\<metfrd\>7003#\</metfrd\>**

Metadata date (FGDC element 7.1)

Metadata review date (FGDC element 7.2)

Metadata future review date (FGDC element 7.3)

\<metd\>**7001###** \[Metadata date\] must be used. \<metrd\>**7002#**
\[Metadata review date\] and \<metfrd\>**7003#** \[Metadata future
review date\] may optionally be used. All are calendar dates in format
YYYYMMDD. All refer to the metadata for this item, instead of the item
itself. \<metd\> is the latest date when any change was made to this
metadata, including creation or update. \<metrd\> is when this metadata
was last reviewed. \<metfrd\> is when the next review is planned for
this metadata. \<metd\> \< \<metrd\> \< \<metfrd\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<metc\>(7005###)**

**\<cntinfo\>(7006###)**

**\<cntorgp\>(7007##)**

**\<cntorg\>7008##\</cntorg\>**

**\<cntper\>7009#\</cntper\>**

**\</cntorgp\>**

**\<cntperp\>(7010##)**

**\<cntper\>7011##\</cntper\>**

**\<cntorg\>7012#\</cntorg\>**

**\</cntperp\>**

**\<cntpos\>7013#\</cntpos\>**

**\<cntaddr\>(7014##)+**

**\<addrtype\>7015##\</addrtype\>**

**\<address\>7016##\</address\>+**

**\<city\>7017##\</city\>**

**\<state\>7018##\</state\>**

**\<postal\>7019##\</postal\>**

**\<country\>7020#\</country\>**

**\</cntaddr\>**

**\<cntvoice\>7021##\</cntvoice\>+**

**\<cnttdd\>7022#\</cnttdd\>+**

**\<cntfax\>7023#\</cntfax\>+**

**\<cntemail\>7024#\</cntemail\>+**

**\<hours\>7025#\</hours\>**

**\<cntinst\>7026#\</cntinst\>**

**\</cntinfo\>**

**\</metc\>**

Point of contact for metadata information (FGDC element 7.4)

Compound tag \<metc\>(**7005###**) \[Point of contact for metadata
information\] must be used. It names a person and/or organization that
can be contacted about the metadata.

Compound tag \<cntinfo\>(**7006###**) \[Contact information\] must be
used. It is the contact information package from the FGDC publication,
Section 10, used here for the metadata contact.

Compound tag \<cntorgp\>(**7007##**) \[Contact organization primary\]
must be used if \<cntinfo\>(**7006##**) is used, and if
\<cntperp\>(**7010##**) is not used. \<cntorgp\> and \<cntperp\> both
provide a person\'s name and an organization\'s name, but in different
order and with different priorities. Use \<cntorgp\> when an
organization\'s name is required and a person\'s name is secondary or
will not be given.

\<cntorg\>**7008##** \[Contact organization\] must be used if
\<cntorgp\>(**7007##**) is used. It is the name of the organization that
can be contacted about the metadata. If possible, the name should be
taken from GMCD\'s \"Data Centers\" thesaurus found at the NASA GCMD web
site (see *Thesauri and thesauruses* on page 6). Replace **7008##** with
the name.

\<cntper\>**7009#** \[Contact person\] may optionally be used if
\<cntorgp\>(**7007##**) is used. It is the name of a person who can be
contacted about the metadata. Replace **7009#** with the person\'s name.

*For most NCDC - Asehville metadata,* \<cntorgp\>(**7007##**) *should be
used and* \<cntper\>**7009#** *should not have an entry. The suggested*
\<cntorg\>**7008##** *entry is*

\<cntorg\>**National Climatic Data Center, NESDIS, NOAA, U.S. Department
of Commerce**

\</cntorg\>

Compound tag \<cntperp\>(**7010##**) \[Contact person primary\] must be
used if \<cntinfo\>(**7006##**) is used, and if \<cntorgp\>(**7007##**)
is not used. \<cntorgp\> and \<cntperp\> both provide a person\'s name
and an organization\'s name, but in different order and with different
priorities. Use \<cntperp\> when a person\'s name needs to be given and
an organization\'s name is secondary or will not be given.

\<cntper\>**7011##** \[Contact person\] must be used if
cntperp\>(**7010##**) is used. It is the name of a person to be
contacted about the metadata. Replace **7011##** with the name.

\<cntorg\>**7012#** \[Contact organization\] may optionally be used if
\<cntperp\>(**7010##**) is used. It is the name of the organization that
can be contacted for more metadata information. If possible, the name
should be taken from GMCD\'s \"Data Centers\" thesaurus found at the
NASA GCMD web site (see *Thesauri and thesauruses* on page 6). Replace
**7012#** with the name.

*If* \<center\>**1047###** *is in the template and if either*
\<cntorg\>**7008##** *or* \<cntorg\>**7012#** *is used, copy the entry
to* \<center\> *replacing label* **1047###**. *See*
\<noaainfo\>(**1041###**)*.*

\<cntpos\>**7013#** \[Contact position\] may optionally be used if
\<cntinfo\>(**7006##**) is used. It is the position description or job
title of a metadata contact person. Replace **7013#** with the entry. A
few possible choices are

**Principal Investigator Customer Service Research Scientist Flight
Director**

At NCDC - Asheville, **Customer Service** is a frequent choice.

Compound tag \<cntaddr\>(**7014###**) \[Contact address\] must be used.
It is one full address of the organization named in \<cntorg\> and/or
the person named in \<cntper\>. It is repeatable for multiple addresses.

\<addrtype\>**7015###** \[Address type\] must be used. It is the type of
address that is given in this instance of \<cntaddr\>(**7014###**).
Possibilities are: **Mailing** if the address is a mailing address but
is not where the organization is located, such as a post office box.
**Physical** if the address is where the organization is physically
located, but is not a mailing address. **Mailing and physical** if the
address is both a mailing address and the organization\'s physical
location. Or, use free text to describe the address if none of the above
three choices apply. **Mailing and physical** is the best choice for
NCDC at Asheville. Replace **7015###** with the choice.

\<address\>**7016##** \[Address\] must be used if applicable. It is
applicable if the address includes at least 1 line with a street
address, P.O. Box, or apartment or room number. \<address\> is 1 such
line. It is repeatable to handle multiple address lines. At NCDC -
Asheville, \<address\> will have 2 instances. They will be

\<address\>**National Climatic Data Center**\</address\>

\<address\>**151 Patton Avenue, Room 120**\</address\>

Alternatively, the room number in the 2^nd^ line could be removed and
used as the entry in a 3^rd^ instance of \<address\>.

\<city\>**7017###** \[City\] must be used. It is the name of a city,
town, or municipality. For NCDC - Asheville, the name is **Asheville**.
Replace **7017###** with the city name.

\<state\>**7018###** \[State\] must be used. It is the name of a U.S.
state, Canadian province, or similar political entity. For NCDC -
Asheville, the name is **North Carolina** or **NC**. Replace **7018###**
with the name.

\<postal\>**7019###** \[Postal code\] must be used. It is the postal
code for the address. For the U. S., this is a zip code. For NCDC -
Asheville, it is **28801**. Replace **7019###** with the code.

\<country\>**7020#** \[Country\] may optionally be used. It is a nation
name. For the U. S., **USA** is suggested. Replace **7020#** with the
name.

\<cntvoice\>**7021###** \[Contact voice telephone\] must be used. It is
a voice telephone number, including the area code. This tag is
repeatable for additional voice telephone numbers. At NCDC - Asheville,
for example, **828-271-4800** is the voice telephone number for customer
service. Replace **7021###** with the voice telephone number.

\<cnttdd\>**7022#** \[Contact TDD/TTY telephone\] may optionally be
used. It is a TDD/TTY telephone number for the hearing impaired,
including the area code. This tag is repeatable for additional TDD/TTY
telephone numbers. Replace **7022#** with the TDD/TTY telephone number.

\<cntfax\>**7023#** \[Contact FAX telephone\] may optionally be used. It
is a facsimile (FAX) telephone number, including the area code. This tag
is repeatable for additional FAX telephone numbers. At NCDC - Asheville,
**828-271-4876** is the fax telephone number for customer service.
Replace **7023#** with the FAX telephone number.

\<cntemail\>**7024##** \[Contact e-mail address\] must be used if
applicable. It is an e-mail address, and is applicable if a valid e-mail
address exists. \<cntemail\> is repeatable for additional e-mail
addresses. In FGDC RSE this tag may optionally be used (#), but e-mail
addresses have become so important that its priority must be set higher
than optional. At NCDC - Asheville, the e-mail address for customer
service is [**NCDC.Orders@noaa.gov**](mailto:NCDC.Orders@noaa.gov).
Replace **7024#** with the e-mail address.

\<hours\>**7025#** \[Hours of operation\] may optionally be used. If
there are only certain hours of the day that contact can be made, this
is the hours, explained in free text. Replace **7025#** with the
explanation

\<cntinst\>**7026#** \[Contact instructions\] may optionally be used. It
is an explanation of any special contact instructions. Replace **7026#**
with the explanation.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<metstdn\>7038###\</metstdn\>**

Metadata standard name (FGDC element 7.5)

\<metstdn\>**7038###** \[Metadata standard name\] must be used. It is
the name of the metadata standard being used. At this writing, the
standard used at NCDC is

\<metstdn\>**FGDC Content Standards for Digital Geospatial Metadata:
Extensions for Remote Sensing Metadata**

\</metstdn\>

Replace **7038###** with the name.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<metstdv\>7039###\</metstdv\>**

Metadata standard version (FGDC element 7.6)

\<metstdv\>**7039###** \[Metadata standard version\] must be used. It is
the version of the metadata standard being used. At this writing, the
version of the standard at NCDC is

\<metstdv\>**FGDC-STD-012-2002**\</metstdv\>

Replace **7039###** with the version.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<mettc\>7040##\</mettc\>+**

Metadata time convention (FGDC element 7.7)

\<mettc\>**7040##** \[Metadata time convention\] must be used if
applicable. It is applicable if clock times were entered in the
metadata. \<mettc\> is an explanation of the form used to convey time of
day information. Replace **7040##** with one of **local time**, **local
time with time differential factor**, or **universal time**. This tag is
repeatable in the event that more than one of these was used.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<metextns\>(7050##)+**

**\<onlink\>7051##\</onlink\>+**

**\<metprof\>7052##\</metprof\>**

**\</metextns\>**

Metadata extensions (FGDC element 7.11)

Compound tag \<metextns\>(**7050##**) \[Metadata extensions\] must be
used if applicable. It is applicable if tags are used that are not in
the metadata standard named in \<metstdn\>**7038###**, and these tags
represent accepted extensions to the standard. \<metextns\> defines
these extensions. \<metextns\> is repeatable to handle multiple
extensions.

\<onlink\>**7051##** \[Online linkage\] and \<metprof\>**7052##**
\[Metadata profile name\] must be used if \<metextns\>(**7050##**) is
used and there is an online resource, such as a web site, where
information about the extension mentioned in \<metextns\> can be found.
The URL or address of this online resource is given in \<onlink\>, which
is repeatable in case there are multiple addresses. The name of the
online resource is given in \<metprof\>. Replace **7051##** and
**7052##** with the entries, which are free text.

If the writer uses the template as provided, with all extensions, the
entries should look like this:

\<metextns\>

\<onlink\>**http://www.fgdc.gov/standards/standards_publications/index_html**

\</onlink\>

\<onlink\>**http://www.fgdc.gov/standards/projects/FGDC-standards-projects/
csdgm_rs_ex/remote-sensing-metadata**

\</onlink\>

\<metprof\>**Content Standard for Digital Geospatial Metadata:
Extensions for Remote Sensing Metadata, FGDC-STD-012-2002**

\</metprof\>

\</metextns\>

\<metextns\>

\<onlink\>**http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/metadata/extensions/local_extensions.html**

\</onlink\>

\<metprof\>**CI_OnlineResource (ISO Extension)**

\</metprof\>

\<metextns\>

\<onlink\>**http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/metadata/extensions/local_extensions.html**

\</onlink\>

\<metprof\>**Instrument Name in Instrument Information**

\</metprof\>

\<metextns\>

\<onlink\>**http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/metadata/extensions/local_extensions.html**

\</onlink\>

\<metprof\>**Mission Name in Mission Information**

\</metprof\>

\<metextns\>

\<onlink\>**http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/metadata/extensions/local_extensions.html**

\</onlink\>

\<metprof\>**Platform Full Name in Platform Information**

\</metprof\>

\<metextns\>

\<onlink\>

\</onlink\>

\<metprof\>**NOAA legacy extension to FGDC**\</metprof\>

\</metextns\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</metainfo\>**

End of Section 7

**Section A: Platform and Mission Information**

[[]{#Section_A_Platform_and_Mission .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Section_7_Metadata_Reference)
[►](#Section_B_Instrument_Information)**

**\<plmiinfo\>**

**Tags enclosed by \<**plmiinfo**\>\<**/plmiinfo**\> are Section A,
which describes the platform from which data measurements were taken,
and the program or mission of which the data collection was a part.**

***Section A is optional.***

***Use Section A if full documentation of a satellite and its mission
are needed.***

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<missname\>A001#\</missname\>**

Mission name (NNMR local extension to FGDC RSE)

\<missname\>**A001#** \[Mission name\] may optionally be used if Section
A is used. It is the mission name. Replace **A001#** with the name.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<missdesc\>A002#\</missdesc\>**

Mission description

\<missdesc\>**A002#** \[Mission description\] may optionally be used if
Section A is used. It is a description of the mission of which the
platform observations are part, and the objectives of that mission.
Replace **A002#** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<misshist\>(A005#)**

**\<missstdt\>**

**\<sngdate\>(A007##)**

**\<caldate\>\</caldate\>**

**\<time\>\</time\>**

**\</sngdate\>**

**\</missstdt\>**

**\<misssige\>(A010#)+**

**\<procstep\>(A015##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</procstep\>**

**\</misssige\>**

**\<misscomp\>**

**\<sngdate\>(A021##)**

**\<caldate\>\</caldate\>**

**\<time\>\</time\>**

**\</sngdate\>**

**\</misscomp\>**

**\</misshist\>**

Mission history

Compound tag \<misshist\>(**A005#**) \[Mission history\] may optionally
be used if Section A is used. It is a description of significant events
and dates during the mission.

Compound tag \<sngdate\>(**A007##**) \[Single date\] must be used if
\<misshist\>(**A005#**) is used. It is the mission start date.
\<sngdate\> is the standard single-event time period information package
from the FGDC publication, Section 9. Refer to \<sngdate\>(**1060##**)
for information about how to use \<sngdate\>(**A007##**).

Compound tag \<misssige\>(**A010#**) \[Mission significant event\] may
optionally be used if \<misshist\>(**A005#**) is used. It is the date
and description of a major event during a mission. It is repeatable for
multiple events.

Compound tag \<procstep\>(**A015##**) \[Process step\] must be used if
\<misssige\>(**A010#**) is used. It describes a major occurrence during
a mission, using the standard process step package from the FGDC
publication, Section 2. Refer to \<procstep\>(**2065##**) for
information about how to use \<procstep\>(**A015#**).

Compound tag \<sngdate\>(**A021##**) \[Single date\] must be used if
\<misshist\>(**A005#**) is used. It is the mission completion date and
time. \<sngdate\> is the standard single-event time period information
package from the FGDC publication, Section 9. Refer to
\<sngdate\>(**1060##**) and use the instructions there as guides.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<platinfo\>(A025#)+**

Platform information

Compound tag \<platinfo\>(**A025#**) \[Platform information\] may
optionally be used if Section A is used. It gives information about the
platform from which the data were taken. It is repeatable for multiple
platforms. \<platinfo\> encloses all tags from here to \</platinfo\>,
several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<platflnm\>A026#\</platflnm\>**

Platform name (NMMR local extension to FGDC)

\<platflnm\>**A026#** \[Platform name\] may optionally be used if
\<platinfo\>(**A025#**) is used. It is the full name of the platform.
Replace **A026#** with the name.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<platstdt\>(A027##)**

**\<sngdate\>(A028##)**

**\<caldate\>\</caldate\>**

**\<time\>\</time\>**

**\</sngdate\>**

**\</platstdt\>**

Platform start date

Compound tag \<platstdt\>(**A027##**) \[Platform start date\] must be
used if \<platinfo\>(**A025#**) is used. It is the start date (and time,
if desired) of platform operation.

Compound tag \<sngdate\>(**A028##**) (Single date) must be used if
\<platstdt\>(**A027##**) is used. It is the start date and time
mentioned in \<platstdt\>. \<sngdate\> is the standard single-event time
period information package from the FGDC publication, Section 9. Please
refer to \<sngdate\>(**1060##**) and use the instructions there as
guides.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<platspon\>A031#\</platspon\>+**

Platform sponsor

\<platspon\>**A031#** \[Platform sponsor\] may optionally be used if
\<platinfo\>(**A025#**) is used. It is the name of an organization
responsible for building, launch, or operation of the platform, and its
role. It is repeatable to handle multiple organizations. Replace
**A031#** with the name.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<platdesc\>A032#\</platdesc\>**

Platform description

\<platdesc\>**A032#** \[Platform description\] may optionally be used if
\<platinfo\>(**A025#**) is used. It is a narrative description of the
platform from which the data were taken. Include the platform\'s name in
the description. Replace **A032#** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<platforb\>(A035#)**

Platform orbit

Compound tag \<platforb\>(**A035#**) \[Platform orbit\] may optionally
be used if \<platinfo\>(**A025#**) is used. It is the orbital parameters
of the platform. \<platforb\> encloses all tags between here and
\</platforb\>, which is several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<ephemeris\>(A040##)**

**\<sngdate\>(A041##)**

**\<caldate\>\</caldate\>**

**\<time\>\</time\>**

**\</sngdate\>**

**\</ephemeris\>**

Ephemeris

Compound tag \<ephemeris\>(**A040##**) \[Ephemeris\] must be used if
\<platforb\>(**A035#**) is used. It is the calendar date (and time, if
needed) at which the nominal platform orbit or geostationary position is
valid.

Compound tag \<sngdate\>(**A041##**) \[Single date\] must be used if
\<ephemeris\>(**A040##**) is used. \<sngdate\> is the standard
single-event time period information package from the FGDC publication,
Section 9. Use \<sngdate\> to document the date and time mentioned in
\<ephemeris\>. Refer to \<sngdate\>(**1060##**) and use the instructions
there as guides.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<kepleror\>(A045##)**

**\<semimaax\>A046##\</semimaax\>**

**\<orbitpd\>(A050##)**

**\<orpdunit\>A051##\</orpdunit\>**

**\<orpdval\>A052##\</orpdval\>**

**\</orbitpd\>**

**\<eccentry\>A053##\</eccentry\>**

**\<orbangun\>A054##\</orbangun\>**

**\<inclinat\>A055##\</inclinat\>**

**\<raascnod\>A056##\</raascnod\>**

**\<argupgee\>A057##\</argupgee\>**

**\<peripass\>**

**\<sngdate\>(A061##)**

**\<caldate\>\</caldate\>**

**\<time\>\</time\>**

**\</sngdate\>**

**\</peripass\>**

**\</kepleror\>**

Keplerian orbit

Compound tag \<kepleror\>(**A045##**) \[Keplerian orbit\] must be used
if \<platforb\>(**A035#**) is used, and if \<ngeopos\>(**A070##**) is
not used. \<kepleror\> is the nominal elements of a Keplerian orbit.
(\<ngeopos\> is the elements of a geostationary orbit.)

\<semimaax\>**A046##** \[Semimajor axis\] may have an entry if
\<kepleror\>(**A045##**) is used; the entry is a must if
\<orbitpd\>(**A050##**) is used, and may optionally be used if that tag
is not used. \<semimaax\> is the semimajor axis of the platform orbit,
in kilometers. The entry is a real (floating-point) number. Replace
**A046##** with the number. 6378.2 \< \<semimaax\> \< 2.61x10^5^

Compound tag \<orbitpd\>(**A050##**) \[Orbit period\] may perhaps be
used if \<kepleror\>(**A045##**) is used. If \<kepleror\> is used,
\<orbitpd\> must be used if \<semimaax\>**A046##** is used, and may
optionally be used if that tag is not used. \<orbitpd\> is the time from
one perigee to the next.

*Note: The orbit period is related to the semimajor axis of the orbit
by* **P^2^ = 4π^2^a^3^/**\[**G(M+m)**\] *where* **P** *is the orbit
period,* **a** *is the semimajor axis,* **G** *the universal
gravitational constant,* **M** *the mass of the Earth, and* **m** *the
mass of the satellite. In practice, because the product* **GM** *is
easier to obtain than* **G** *or* **M***, and because* **m \<\< M***,
the form* **P^2^=4π^2^a^3^/GM** *is often used.*

\<orpdunit\>**A051##** \[Orbit period units\] must be used if
\<orbitpd\>(**A050##**) is used. It is the orbital period time
measurement units. Replace **A051##** with a free text entry, or choose
one of **seconds**, **minutes**, **hours**, or **days**.

\<orpdval\>**A052##** \[Orbit period value\] must be used if
\<orbitpd\>(**A050##**) is used. It is the time (a real floating-point
number) required for one platform orbit, in units given by \<orpdunit\>.
Replace **A052##** with the time. 0.0 \< \<orpdval\>

\<eccentry\>**A053##** \[Eccentricity\] must be used if
\<kepleror\>(**A045##**) is used. It is the eccentricity of orbit, equal
to **(1-b/a)^½^**, where **a** is the length of the major axis and **b**
is the length of the minor axis of the orbit. The eccentricity is a real
(floating-point) number. Replace **A053##** with this number. 0.0 \<=
\<eccentry\> \< 1.0

\<orbangun\>**A054##** \[Orbit angle units\] must be used if
\<kepleror\>(**A045##**) is used. It is the units of measure used to
express orbital angles. The entry is free text, or choose one of
**degrees** or **radians**. Replace **A054##** with the entry.

\<inclinat\>**A055##** \[Inclination\] must be used if
\<kepleror\>(**A045##**) is used. It is the angle (a real floating-point
number) between orbit and equator, in units given by
\<orbangun\>**A054##**. Replace **A055##** with the angle. 0.0 \<=
\<inclinat\> \<= 180.0

\<raascnod\>**A056##** \[Right ascension of ascending node\] must be
used if \<kepleror\>(**A045##**) is used. It is the right ascension
(angle eastward from the vernal equinox) where the satellite orbit
crosses the equator, moving northward, in units given by
\<orbangun\>**A054##**. The entry is a real (floating-point) number.
Replace **A056##** with the number. 0.0 \<= \<raascnod\> \< 360.0

\<argupgee\>**A057##** \[Argument of perigee\] must be used if
\<kepleror\>(**A045##**) is used. It is the angle (a real floating-point
number) between the ascending node and perigee, measured from the
ascending node in the direction of the platform\'s motion along the
plane of the orbit, in units given by \<orbangun\>**A054##**. Replace
**A057##** with the angle. 0.0 \<= \<argupgee\> \< 360.0

Compound tag \<sngdate\>(**A061##**) \[Single date\] must be used if
\<kepleror\>(**A045##**) is used. It is the one time and date when the
platform was at closest point to Earth in its orbit. \<sngdate\> is the
standard single-event time period information package from the FGDC
publication, Section 9. Refer to \<sngdate\>(**1060##**) for information
about how to use \<sngdate\>(**A061##**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<ngeopos\>(A070##)**

**\<pnomlong\>A071##\</pnomlong\>**

**\<gpnalti\>(A075##)**

**\<gpnaltun\>**

**\<altunits\>A077##\</altunits\>**

**\</gpnaltun\>**

**\<gpnaltva\>A078##\</gpnaltva\>**

**\</gpnalti\>**

**\</ngeopos\>**

Nominal geostationary position

Compound tag \<ngeopos\>(**A070##**) \[Nominal geostationary position\]
must be used if \<platforb\>(**A035#**) is used, and if
\<kepleror\>(**A045##**) is not used. \<ngeopos\> is the nominal
location of a platform designed to remain stationary over one point on
Earth. \<kepleror\> is for Keplerian orbits.

\<pnomlong\>**A071##** \[Platform nominal longitude\] must be used if
\<ngeopos\>(**A070##**) is used. It is the nominal value for longitude
(a real floating-point number) of the subsatellite point for a
geostationary satellite. Replace **A071##** with the angle. ‑180.0 \<
\<pnomlong\> \<= 180.0

Compound tag \<gpnalti\>(**A075##**) \[Platform nominal altitude\] must
be used if \<ngeopos\>(**A070##**) is used. It is the nominal altitude
of a geostationary satellite above the surface.

\<altunits\>**A077##** \[Altitude distance units\] must be used if
\<ngeopos\>(**A070##**) is used. It is units of altitude measurement.
Replace **A077##** with the units name, or choose one of **meters** or
**feet**.

\<gpnaltva\> **A078##** \[Platform nominal altitude value\] must be used
if \<ngeopos\>(**A070##**) is used. It is a value (a real floating-point
number) for the nominal altitude of the platform, in units given by
\<altunits\>**A077##**. Replace **A078##** with the number.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</platforb\>(A035#)**

End of \<platforb\>(**A035#**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<fltprot\>(A080#)**

**\<flyhite\>A081##\</flyhite\>**

**\<gpsavail\>A082#\</gpsavail\>**

**\<insavail\>A083#\</insavail\>**

**\</fltprot\>**

Flight protocol

Compound tag \<fltprot\>(**A080#**) \[Flight protocol\] may optionally
be used if \<platinfo\>(**A025#**) is used. It is a description of
circumstances and properties of the flight track relevant to use of the
images and data.

\<flyhite\>**A081##** \[Flying height\] must be used if
\<fltprot\>(**A080#**) is used. It is the height of the platform above
the ground in meters, with an uncertainty of 10-100 meters. Replace
**A081##** with the height.

\<gpsavail\>**A082#** \[GPS information system availability\] may
optionally be used if \<fltprot\>(**A080#**) is used. It is the
availability of three-dimensional Global Positioning System (GPS)
positions. Replace **A082#** with **available** or **not available**.

\<insavail\>**A083#** \[INS reading availability\] may optionally be
used if \<fltprot\>(**A080#**) is used. It is the availability of
Inertial Navigation System (INS) readings along the flight line. Replace
**A083#** with **available** or **not available**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</platinfo\>(A025#)**

End of \<**platinfo**\>(**A025#**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

\</plmiinfo\>

End of Section A

**Section B: Instrument Information**

[[]{#Section_B_Instrument_Information .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Section_A_Platform_and_Mission)
[►](#Appendix_A_ISO_19115_Topic_Category)**

**\<instinfo\>+**

**Tags enclosed by \<**instinfo**\>\<**/instinfo**\> are Section B,
which describes the properties and behavior of an instrument used to
take data measurements. It is repeatable for multiple instruments.**

***Section B is optional.***

***Use Section B if full documentation of data measurement instruments
is needed. This Section is oriented heavily toward, but not strictly
limited to, satellite-based instruments.***

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<instdesc\>(B001##)+**

Instrument description

If Section B is used, at least one of \<instdesc\>(**B001##**) or
\<instref\>(**B600##**) must be used. When one is used, the other
becomes optional. \<instdesc\>(**B001##**) \[Instrument description\]
describes characteristics and behavior of the instrument. Use
\<instdesc\> when detailed instrument specifications are available to
the writer, but are not readily available in the literature. If the
specifications are readily available in the literature, then
\<instref\>, citing the literature, may be a better choice. Or, use both
tags. \<instdesc\> is repeatable for multiple instruments. \<instdesc\>
encloses all tags from here to \</instdesc\>, which is several pages
farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<Instrument-Name\>B002#\</Instrument-Name\>**

Instrument name (NMMR local extension to FGDC RSE)

\<Instrument-Name\>**B002#** \[Instrument name\] may optionally be used
if \<instdesc\>(**B001##**) is used. It is the full name of the
instrument. Replace **B002#** with the entry.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<insttyp\>B003##\</insttyp\>**

Instrument type

\<insttyp\>**B003##** \[Instrument type\] must be used if
\<instdesc\>(**B001##**) is used. It is the class of the data measuring
instrument. Replace **B003##** with the class name, or choose one of
**imager** or **sounder**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<opmode\>B004##\</opmode\>**

Operational mode

\<opmode\>**B004##** \[Operational mode\] must be used if
\<instdesc\>(**B001##**) is used, and if applicable. It is applicable if
the instrument has an \"operating mode\". \<opmode\> is that mode.
Replace **B004##** with the mode name, or choose one of

**launch survival initialization safe diagnostic**

**standby crosstrack biaxial solar calibration**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<colltype\>B005##\</colltype\>**

Collection type

\<colltype\>**B005##** \[Collection type\] must be used if
\<instdesc\>(**B001##**) is used. It is the way in which the instrument
gathers data from the scene observed. Replace **B005##** with a free
text entry, or choose one of

**frame pushbroom whiskbroom panoramic**

**radar laser**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<orininfo\>(B010#)**

**\<axes\>**

**\<xaxisdef\>B011##\</xaxisdef\>**

**\<yaxisdef\>B012##\</yaxisdef\>**

**\<zaxisdef\>B013##\</zaxisdef\>**

**\</axes\>**

**\<rotdesc\>B014#\</rotdesc\>**

**\<trandesc\>B015#\</trandesc\>**

**\</orininfo\>**

Sensor orientation

Compound tag \<orininfo\>(**B010#**) \[Sensor orientation\] may
optionally be used if \<instdesc\>(**B001##**) is used. It is the
positioning and direction of instrument components on the platform.

\<xaxisdef\>**B011##** \[X axis definition\], \<yaxisdef\>**B012##** \[Y
axis definition\], and \<zaxisdef\>**B013##** \[Z axis definition\] must
be used if \<orininfo\>(**B010#**) is used. They are the directions
represented by the instrument x, y, and z axes, respectively. Replace
**B011##**, **B012##**, and **B013##** with one direction each, or
choose one of

**up down forward backward left**

**right north south east west**

\<rotdesc\>**B014#** \[Rotation description\] may optionally be used if
\<orininfo\>(**B010#**) is used. It is a description of the direction of
instrument components relative to platform axes. Replace **B014#** with
the description.

\<trandesc\>**B015#** \[Translation description\] may optionally be used
if \<orininfo\>(**B010#**) is used. It is a description of the position
of instrument components relative to the platform axes. Replace
**B015#** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<frame\>(B020##)**

Frame camera

Compound tag \<frame\>(**B020##**) \[Frame camera\] must be used if
\<instdesc\>(**B001##**) is used, and if \<scan\>(**B385##**) and
\<othcolde\>**B598##** are not used. Only one of \<frame\>, \<scan\>,
and \<othcolde\> is applicable because they describe different
instruments. \<frame\> describes a frame camera, a photographic system
using a central perspective projection where the detector, normally
film, presses against a calibrated frame during the exposure. \<frame\>
encloses all tags from here to \</frame\>, which is several pages
farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<fcamhwar\>(B025#)**

**\<camtype\>B026#\</camtype\>**

**\<camident\>B027#\</camident\>**

**\<lens\>(B030#)**

**\<lenstype\>B031##\</lenstype\>**

**\<lensidnt\>B032##\</lensidnt\>**

**\</lens\>**

**\<magident\>B033#\</magident\>**

**\<filmtype\>B034#\</filmtype\>**

**\<afspeed\>B035#\</afspeed\>**

**\<eafspeed\>B036#\</eafspeed\>**

**\<develop\>(B040#)**

**\<cntinfo\>(B045##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</cntinfo\>**

**\</develop\>**

**\</fcamhwar\>**

Frame hardware

Compound tag \<fcamhwar\>(**B025#**) \[Frame hardware\] may optionally
be used if \<frame\>(**B020##**) is used. It is a physical description
of the camera and film.

\<camtype\>**B026#** \[Camera type\] may optionally be used if
\<fcamhwar\>(**B025#**) is used. It is the model of the camera as
defined by the manufacturer. Replace **B026#** with this information, or
choose one of

**RMK 60/25 RMK 30/23 RMK 15/23 RMK 11.5/18**

**RMK 8.5/23 RMK TOP 15 RMK TOP 30 MRB 30/2323**

**MRB 21 MRB 15/2323 MRB 9/2323 LMK**

**LMK1000 LMK1009 LMK1015 LMK1021**

**LMK1030 LMK2000 LMK 2009 LMK2015**

**LMK2021 LMK2030 RC8 RC9**

**RC10 RC10A RC20 RC30**

*RMK camera types are manufactured by Zeiss Oberkochen, MRB and LMK
Camera types by Zeiss Jena, RC8-RC10A by Wild, RC20 by Leica, and RC30
by Leica/LH systems.*

\<camident\>**B027#** \[Camera identifier\] may optionally be used if
\<fcamhwar\>(**B025#**) is used. It is the manufacturer\'s unique
alphanumeric code specifying the camera body. Replace **B027#** with the
code.

Compound tag \<lens\>(**B030#**) \[Lens\] may optionally be used if
\<fcamhwar\>(**B025#**) is used. It is a description of the optical
component that uses refraction to focus light on the image plane.

\<lenstype\> **B031##** \[Lens type\] must be used if
\<lens\>(**B030#**) is used. It is the manufacturer\'s name specifying
the design of the lens. Replace **B031##** with free text, or choose one
of

**Topogon Telikon**

**Topar Pleogon**

**S-Pleogon Aviogon**

**Wide Angle 15AG Orbigon**

**Normal Aviogon Semi-wide-angle 21 NAG**

**Semi-wideangle 21 NAG II Semi-wide-angle 21-4 NAGA**

**Semi-wide-angle NAGA-F Super Aviogon**

**Super-wide-angle 8.8 SAG Super-wide-angle 8.8 SAG II**

**Super-wide-angle 8.8/4 SAG-A Super-wide-angle 8.8/4 SAGA-F**

**Aviotar 30At Aviotar 30AtI**

**Aviotar 30/4 NAT Aviotar 30/4 NAT-A**

**Aviotar 30/4 NATA-F Aviotar 30/4 NAT-S**

**Universal Aviogon 15 UAG Universal Aviogon 15 UAGI**

**Universal Aviogon 15 UAGII Universal Aviogon 15/4 UAG**

**Universal Aviogon 15/4 UAG-A Universal Aviogon 15/4 UAGA-F**

**Universal Aviogon 15/4 UAG-S Lamegor PI 5.6/300(A).B**

**Lamegoron PI 5.6/210A Lamegon PI 4/150(A,B,C),D**

**Superlamegon PI 5.6/90 (A,B),C Metrogon**

**Geocon**

*List items Topogon through S-Pleogon are manufactured by Zeiss, Aviogon
through Orbigon by Wild, Normal Aviogon, all the Semi-wide-angle models,
Super Aviogon, and all the Super-wide angle models byWild/Leica, the
Aviotar and Universal Aviogon models by Wild/Leica/LH Systems, and the
Lamegor through SuperLamegon by Zeiss, the Metrogon by Bausch and Lomb,
and the Geocon by Baker.*

\<lensidnt\> **B032##** \[Lens identifier\] must be used if
\<lens\>(**B030#**) is used. It is the unique alphanumeric identifier
assigned by the camera manufacturer to the individual lens. Replace
**B032##** with the identifier.

\<magident\>**B033#** \[Magazine identifier\] may optionally be used if
\<fcamhwar\>(**B025#**) is used. It is the unique identifier of an
individual magazine as assigned by the manufacturer. Replace **B033#**
with the identifier.

\<filmtype\>**B034#** \[Film type\] may optionally be used if
\<fcamhwar\>(**B025#**) is used. It is the manufacturer\'s name and
specification of film. Replace **B034#** with the information.

\<afspeed\>**B035#** \[Aerial film speed\] may optionally be used if
\<fcamhwar\>(**B025#**) is used. It is ⅔ of the exposure in lux seconds
(a real floating-point number) at the point on the characteristic curve
where the density is 0.3 above fog density, under processing conditions
defined in ANSI PH2.34-1969. Replace **B035#** with the exposure. 0.0 \<
\<afspeed\>

\<eafspeed\>**B036#** \[Effective aerial film speed\] may optionally be
used if \<fcamhwar\>(**B025#**) is used. It is ⅔ of the exposure in lux
seconds at the point on the characteristic curve where the density is
0.3 above fog density, under processing conditions other than those
defined in ANSI PH2.34-1969 or determined empirically for color and
infrared-sensitive films not covered by ANSI Standard PH 2.34-1969. The
entry is a real (floating-point) number. Replace **B036#** with the
number. 0.0 \< \<eafspeed\>

Compound tag \<develop\>(**B040#**) \[Developing institution\] may
optionally be used if \<fcamhwar\>(**B025#**) is used. It is the contact
information for the institution where the film was developed.

Compound tag \<cntinfo\>(**B045##**) must be used if
\<develop\>(**B040#**) is used. It is contact information for the
developing institution. \<cntinfo\> is the contact information package
from the FGDC publication, Section 10. For information about how to use
the tags enclosed by \<cntinfo\>, please see \<cntinfo\>(**7006##**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<fcamoptc\>(B050##)**

**\<phorespo\>(B055#)**

**\<nresval\>B056##\</nresval\>**

**\<phoreset\>(B060##)+**

**\<resangle\>B061##\</resangle\>**

**\<resrad\>B062##\</resrad\>**

**\<restang\> B063##\</restang\>**

**\</phoreset\>**

**\<awar\>B064#\</awar\>**

**\</phorespo\>**

**\<relaper\>B066#\</relaper\>**

**\<expotime\>B067#\</expotime\>**

**\<calfocl\>B068##\</calfocl\>**

**\<quafocl\>B069#\</quafocl\>**

**\<lastcali\>(B070#)**

**\<datlcali\>B071##\</datlcali\>**

**\<metlcali\>B072#\</metlcali\>**

**\<inslcali\>B073#\</inslcali\>**

**\</lastcali\>**

**\</fcamoptc\>**

Frame optics

Compound tag \<fcamoptc\>(**B050##**) \[Frame optics\] must be used if
\<frame\>(**B020##**) is used. It is a physical description of the
photographic system.

Compound tag \<phorespo\>(**B055#**) \[Photographic resolving power\]
may optionally be used if \<fcamoptc\>(**B050##**) is used. It is the
resolving power of the camera at different field angles.

\<nresval\>**B056##** \[Number of resolution values\] must be used if
\<phorespo\>(**B055#**) is used. It is the number of angles (an integer)
at which values of resolving power are available. Replace **B056##**
with the integer.

Compound tag \<phoreset\>(**B060##**) \[Resolution value set\] must be
used if \<phorespo\>(**B055#**) is used. It documents the angles at
which values of resolving power are available. It is repeatable for
multiple angles; the number of instances should be equal to the entry in
\<nresval\>**B056##**.

\<resangle\>**B061##** \[Resolving angle\] must be used if
\<phoreset\>(**B060##**) is used. It is one field angle at which values
of the resolving power are available. Replace **B061##** with the angle,
a real (floating-point) number. 0.0 \<= \<resangle\>

\<resrad\>**B062##** \[Resolving value radial\] must be used if
\<phoreset\>(**B060##**) is used. It is resolving power in radial
direction, given in line pairs per millimeter. Replace **B062##** with
the entry, a real (floating-point) number. 0.0 \< \<resrad\>

\<restang\>**B063##** \[Resolving value tangential\] must be used if
\<phoreset\>(**B060##**) is used. It is resolving power in tangential
direction, given in line pairs per millimeter. Replace **B063##** with
the entry, a real (floating-point) number. 0.0 \< \<restang\>

\<awar\>**B064#** \[Area weighted average resolution\] may optionally be
used if \<phorespo\>(**B060##**) is used. It is the area weighted
average resolution, given in line pairs per millimeter. Replace
**B064#** with the entry, a real (floating-point) number. 0.0 \<
\<awar\>

\<relaper\>**B066#** \[Relative aperture\] may optionally be used if
\<fcamoptc\>(**B050##**) is used. It is the ratio of focal length of the
camera to diameter of the opening through which the camera gathers
light. Replace **B066#** with the entry, a real (floating-point) number.

0.0 \< \<relaper\>

\<expotime\>**B067#** \[Exposure time\] may optionally be used if
\<fcamoptc\>(**B050##**) is used. It is the length of exposure, in
seconds. Replace **B067#** with the entry, a real (floating-point)
number. 0.0 \< \<expotime\>

\<calfocl\>**B068##** \[Calibrated focal length\] must be used if
\<fcamoptc\>(**B050##**) is used. It is the approximate distance between
the projection center and the image plane in millimeters, measured in
the laboratory before launch. Replace **B068##** with the entry, a real
(floating-point) number. 0.0 \< \<calfocl\>

\<quafocl\>**B069#** \[Quality of focal length\] may optionally be used
if \<fcamoptc\>(**B050##**) is used. It is the standard deviation in
millimeters of the calibrated focal length. Replace **B069#** with the
entry, a real (floating-point) number. 0.0 \< \<quafocl\>

Compound tag \<lastcali\>(**B070#**) \[Last calibration\] may optionally
be used if \<fcamoptc\>(**B050##**) is used. It is a description of the
most recent camera calibration.

\<datlcali\>**B071##** \[Date of last calibration\] must be used if
\<lastcali\>(**B070#**) is used. It is the calendar date of the most
recent camera calibration. Replace **B071##** with the entry, a date in
YYYYMMDD format.

\<metlcali\>**B072#** \[Method of last calibration\] may optionally be
used if \<lastcali\>(**B070#**) is used. It is the method of the most
recent camera calibration. Replace **B072#** with one of **optical** or
**photographic**.

\<inslcali\>**B073#** \[Institution of last calibration\] may optionally
be used if \<lastcali\>(**B070#**) is used. It is the name of the
institution that performed the camera calibration that occurred on date
\<datlcali\>**B071##**. Replace **B073#** with the name.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<framegeo\>(B075##)**

Frame geometric properties

Compound tag \<framegeo\>(**B075##**) \[Frame geometric properties\]
must be used if \<frame\>(**B020##**) is used. It describes the
geometric characteristics of the frame camera used to derive single
frame images. \<framegeo\> encloses all tags from here to \</framegeo\>,
several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<imsize\>(B080#)**

**\<imsizex\>B081##\</imsizex\>**

**\<imsizey\>B082##\</imsizey\>**

**\</imsize\>**

Image size

Compound tag \<imsize\>(**B080#**) \[Image size\] may optionally be used
if \<framegeo\>(**B075##**) is used. It is the metric length and width
of the image.

\<imsizex\>**B081##** \[Image size x value\] must be used if
\<imsize\>(**B080#**) is used. It is the image size in millimeters in
the direction of the x-axis. Replace **B081##** with the entry, a real
(floating-point) number. 0.0 \< \<imsizex\>

\<imsizey\>**B082##** \[Image size y value\] must be used if
\<imsize\>(**B080#**) is used. It is the image size in millimeters in
the direction of the y-axis. Replace **B082##** with the entry, a real
(floating-point) number. 0.0 \< \<imsizey\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<fcfid\>(B085##)**

**\<locainfo\>(B090##)\</locainfo\>**

**\<numpoint\>B091##\</numpoint\>**

**\<coordsys\>(B095##)**

**\<unrefsys\>B096##\</unrefsys\>**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</coordsys\>**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\<coordpt\>(B100##)+**

**\<coorxval\>B101##\</coorxval\>**

**\<cooryval\>B102##\</cooryval\>**

**\<coorzval\>B103##\</coorzval\>**

**\</coordpt\>**

**\</locainfo\>**

**\</fcfid\>**

Fiducial

Compound tag \<fcfid\>(**B085##**) \[Fiducial\] must be used if
\<framegeo\>(**B075##**) is used, and if \<fcres\>(**B110##**) and
\<fcss\>(**B130##**) are not used, and if there are four or more
calibrated marks on the frame of the camera. Only one of \<fcfid\>,
\<fcres\> and \<fcss\> is applicable because the tags refer to different
kinds of calibrations. \<fcfid\> is the calibrated coordinates of the
four or more calibrated marks, in millimeters, in the image coordinate
system.

Compound tag \<locainfo\>(**B090##**) \[Local information\] must be used
if \<fcfid\>(**B085##**) is used. The tags enclosed by \<locainfo\> make
up the FGDC RSE Location Information Section. This Section is not used
by itself, but appears only when referenced in another Section, as is
the case here. \<locainfo\> is information about the location of a set
of one or more points. In this case, the points are the calibrated marks
mentioned in \<fcfid\>.

\<numpoint\>**B091##** \[Number of points\] must be used if
\<locainfo\>(**B090##**) is used. It is the number of points (an
integer) mentioned in \<locainfo\> to be documented. Replace **B091##**
with the integer. 0 \< \<numpoint\>

Compound tag \<coordsys\>(**B095##**) \[Coordinate system\] must be used
if \<locainfo\>(**B090##**) is used, and if the relevant information is
not documented in Section 4 tags, or elsewhere in the metadata. It is
the definition of the axes of the coordinate system in which the
location of the points is provided. *Note: use* \<coordsys\> *only if*
\<unrefsys\>**B096##** *will be used to document a non-georeferenced
coordinate system. To document a georeferenced coordinate system, use
all of Section 4 instead of the tags that follow \<unrefsys\> in the
template. These tags duplicate all of Section 4, anyway!*

\<unrefsys\>**B096##** \[Unreferenced coordinate system\] must be used
if \<coordsys\>(**B095##**) is used, and if \<refsys\>(**B100##**) is
not used. Only one of \<unrefsys\> and \<refsys\> is applicable.
\<unrefsys\> describes a coordinate system which is not georeferenced
and for which georeferencing information is unavailable or irrelevant.
(\<refsys\> describes a georeferenced coordinate system.) Replace
**B096##** with the description.

Compound tag \<coordpt\>(**B100##**) \[Coordinate point\] must be used
if \<locainfo\>(**B090##**) is used. It is the location of a coordinate
point. It is repeatable to handle multiple points, and the number of
instances must equal the integer that was entered in
\<numpoint\>**B091##**.

\<coorxval\>**B101##** \[Coordinate x value\] must be used if
\<coordpt\>(**B100##**) is used. It is the location of a point along the
x-axis. The location is a real (floating-point) number. Replace
**B101##** with the number.

\<cooryval\>**B102##** \[Coordinate y value\] must be used if
\<coordpt\>(**B100##**) is used. It is the location of a point along the
y-axis. The location is a real (floating-point) number. Replace
**B102##** with the number.

\<coorzval\>**B103##** \[Coordinate z value\] must be used if
\<coordpt\>(**B100##**) is used, and if z-values are applicable. It is
the location of a point along the z-axis. The location is a real
(floating-point) number. Replace **B103##** with the number.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<fcres\>(B110##)**

**\<locainfo\>(B115##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</locainfo\>**

**\</fcres\>**

Reseau

Compound tag \<fcres\>(**B110##**) \[Reseau\] must be used if
\<framegeo\>(**B075##**) is used, and if \<fcfid\>(**B085##**) and
\<fcss\>(**B130##**) are not used, and if the frame camera has engraved
reseau-crosses that are pressed against the film during exposure. Only
one of \<fcfid\>, \<fcres\> and \<fcss\> is applicable because the tags
refer to different kinds of calibrations. \<fcres\> is the calibrated
positions of the reseau-crosses, given in millimeters, in the image
coordinate system.

Compound tag \<locainfo\>(**B115##**) \[Local information\] must be used
if \<fcres\>(**B110##**) is used. The tags enclosed by \<locainfo\> make
up the FGDC RSE Location Information Section. This Section is not used
by itself, but appears only when referenced in another Section, as is
the case here. \<locainfo\> is information about the location of a set
of one or more points. In this case, the points are the reseau-crosses
mentioned in \<fcres\>. To use the tags that \<locainfo\> encloses,
please follow the instructions in the \<fcfid\>(**B085##**) subsection
beginning with \<numpoint\>**B091##**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<fcss\>(B130##)**

**\<fcssgrid\>(B135##)**

**\<rasttype\>B136##\</rasttype\>**

**\</fcssgrid\>**

**\<fcsscapo\>(B140##)**

**\<locainfo\>(B145##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</locainfo\>**

**\</fcsscapo\>**

**\</fcss\>**

Sensor sytem

Compound tag \<fcss\>(**B130##**) \[Sensor sytem\] must be used if
\<framegeo\>(**B075##**) is used, and if \<fcfid\>(**B085##**) and
\<fcres\>(**B110##**) are not used, and if the image coordinate system
is defined by the pixels of the scanner. Only one of \<fcfid\>,
\<fcres\> and \<fcss\> is applicable because the tags refer to different
kinds of calibrations. \<fcss\> defines the coordinate system that is
defined by the pixels of the scanner.

Compound tag \<fcssgrid\>(**B135##**) \[Sensor grid\] must be used if
\<fcss\>(**B130##**) is used. It is the type of cells along the axes of
the sensor grid.

\<rasttype\>**B136##** \[Raster object type\] must be used if
\<fcssgrid\>(**B135##**) is used. It is the type of raster spatial
objects used to locate 1‑, 2‑, or 3-dimensional locations, in this case
the type of cells mentioned in \<fcssgrid\>. Replace **B136##** with one
of **Point**, **Pixel**, **Grid Cell**, **Voxel**, or **Swath**. Refer
to \<rasttype\>**3027##** for more information.

Compound tag \<fcsscapo\>(**B140##**) \[Calibrated detector positions\]
must be used if \<fcss\>(**B130##**) is used. It is the position of
detectors in the sensor grid coordinate system.

Compound tag \<locainfo\>(**B145##**) \[Local information\] must be used
if \<fcsscapo\>(**B140##**) is used. The tags enclosed by \<locainfo\>
make up the FGDC RSE Location Information Section. This Section is not
used by itself, but appears only when referenced in another Section, as
is the case here. \<locainfo\> is information about the location of a
set of one or more points. In this case, the points are the detectors
mentioned in \<fcsscapo\>. To use the tags that \<locainfo\> encloses,
please follow the instructions in the \<fcfid\>(**B085##**) subsection
beginning with \<numpoint\>**B091##**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<pripoaut\>(B150##)**

**\<locainfo\>(B155##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</locainfo\>**

**\</pripoaut\>**

Principal point of autocollimation

Compound tag \<pripoaut\>(**B150##**) \[Principal point of
autocollimation\] must be used if \<framegeo\>(**B075##**) is used, and
if applicable. It is the point **(x~0~\', y~0~\')** where the plumb line
coming from the projection center crosses the image plane, given in
millimeters, in the image coordinate system, determined by projecting an
illuminated object to infinity, reflecting its image from a flat mirror
surface, and adjusting the instrument until both the object and image
are in focus at the same plane.

Compound tag \<locainfo\>(**B155##**) \[Local information\] must be used
if \<pripoaut\>(**B150##**) is used. Tags enclosed by \<locainfo\> make
up the FGDC RSE Location Information Section, which is not used by
itself, but appears only when referenced in another Section, as is the
case here. \<locainfo\> is information about the location of a set of
one or more points. In this case, it is the **(x~0~\', y~0~\')** point
mentioned in \<pripoaut\>. To use the tags that \<locainfo\> encloses,
refer to the \<fcfid\>(**B085##**) subsection beginning with
\<numpoint\>**B091##**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<quappa\>(B160#)**

**\<quappax\>B161##\</quappax\>**

**\<quappay\>B162##\</quappay\>**

**\</quappa\>**

Quality of principal point of autocollimation

Compound tag \<quappa\>(**B160#**) \[Quality of principal point of
autocollimation\] may optionally be used if \<framegeo\>(**B075##**) is
used. It is the uncertainty in the location of the principal point of
autocollimation defined in \<pripoaut\>(**B150##**).

\<quappax\>**B161##** \[Quality of autocollimation principal point x
value\] must be used if \<quappa\>(**B160#**) is used. It is the
standard deviation, in millimeters, of the x-position of the principal
point of autocollimation. Replace **B161##** with the standard
deviation, a real (floating-point) number.

\<quappay\>**B162##** \[Quality of autocollimation principal point y
value\] must be used if \<quappa\>(**B160#**) is used. It is the
standard deviation, in millimeters, of the y-position of the principal
point of autocollimation. Replace **B162##** with the standard
deviation, a real (floating-point) number.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<priposym\>(B165#)**

**\<locainfo\>(B170##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</locainfo\>**

**\</priposym\>**

Principal point of symmetry

Compound tag \<priposym\>(**B165#**) \[Principal point of symmetry\] may
optionally be used if \<framegeo\>(**B075##**) is used. It is the
coordinates of the center of the circles of equal distortion of the lens
**(x~s~\', y~s~\')**, in millimeters, in the image coordinate system.

Compound tag \<locainfo\>(**B170##**) \[Local information\] must be used
if \<priposym\>(**B165#**) is used. Tags enclosed by \<locainfo\> make
up the FGDC RSE Location Information Section, which is not used by
itself, but appears only when referenced in another Section, as is the
case here. \<locainfo\> is information about the location of a set of
one or more points. In this case, it is the **(x~s~\', y~s~\')** point
mentioned in \<priposym\>. Refer to the \<fcfid\>(**B085##**) subsection
beginning with \<numpoint\>**B091##**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<quapps\>(B175#)**

**\<quappsx\>B176##\</quappsx\>**

**\<quappsy\>B177##\</quappsy\>**

**\</quapps\>**

Quality of principal point of symmetry

Compound tag \<quapps\>(**B175#**) \[Quality of principal point of
symmetry\] may optionally be used if \<framegeo\>(**B075##**) is used.
It is the uncertainty in the location of the principal point of
symmetry.

\<quappsx\>**B176##** \[Quality of symmetry principal point x value\]
must be used if \<quapps\>(**B175#**) is used. It is the standard
deviation, in millimeters, of the x-position of the principal point of
symmetry. Replace **B176##** with the standard deviation, which is a
real (floating-point) number.

\<quappsy\>**B177##** \[Quality of symmetry principal point y value\]
must be used if \<quapps\>(**B175#**) is used. It is the standard
deviation, in millimeters, of the y-position of the principal point of
symmetry. Replace **B177##** with the standard deviation, which is a
real (floating-point) number.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<fidcent\>(B180#)**

**\<locainfo\>(B185##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</locainfo\>**

**\</fidcent\>**

Fiducial center

Compound tag \<fidcent\>(**B180#**) \[Fiducial center\] may optionally
be used if \<framegeo\>(**B075##**) is used. It is the coordinates, in
millimeters, in the image coordinate system, of the center point where
lines between the four or more fiducial marks meet.

Compound tag \<locainfo\>(**B185##**) \[Local information\] must be used
if \<fidcent\>(**B180#**) is used. Tags enclosed by \<locainfo\> are the
FGDC RSE Location Information Section, which is not used by itself, but
appears only when referenced in another Section, as is the case here.
\<locainfo\> is information about the location of a set of one or more
points. In this case, it is the center point mentioned in \<fidcent\>.
Refer to the \<fcfid\>(**B085##**) subsection beginning with
\<numpoint\>**B091##**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<sensello\>(B215#)**

**\<senselav\>B216##\</senselav\>**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</sensello\>**

Sensor element location

Compound tag \<sensello\>(**B215#**) \[Sensor element location\] may
optionally be used if \<framegeo\>(**B075##**) is used. It is the
physical position of individual scanner pixels, in the image coordinate
system.

\<senselav\>**B216##** \[Availability of element locations\] must be
used if \<sensello\>(**B215#**) is used. It says whether or not a
reference providing sensor element location exists. Replace **B216##**
with one of **available** or **not available**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<distort\>(B250##)**

Distortion

Compound tag \<distort\>(**B250##**) \[Distortion\] must be used if
\<framegeo\>(**B075##**) is used, and if applicable. It is the departure
of positions in the image from those in the scene imaged. \<distort\>
encloses all tags from here to \</distort\>, several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<dsttrs\>(B255##)**

**\<rsdisdis\>(B260##)**

**\<rsdmdist\>B261##\</rsdmdist\>**

**\<rsdnumv\>B262##\</rsdnumv\>**

**\<rsddval\>B263##\</rsddval\>+**

**\</rsdisdis\>**

**\<rsaddist\>(B265##)**

**\<rsangint\>B266##\</rsangint\>**

**\<rsanumv\>B267##\</rsanumv\>**

**\<rsadval\>B268##\</rsadval\>**

**\</rsaddist\>**

**\<rsdispol\>(B270##)**

**\<polyfunc\>(B275##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</polyfunc\>**

**\</rsdispol\>**

**\</dsttrs\>**

Distortion type radial symmetrical

Compound tag \<dsttrs\>(**B255##**) \[Distortion type radial
symmetrical\] must be used if \<distort\>(**B250##**) is used, and if
this kind of distortion is applicable. It documents a shift of an image
point toward the center (negative values) or border (positive values) of
the image.

Compound tag \<rsdisdis\>(**B260##**) \[Distance dependent distortion\]
must be used if \<dsttrs\>(**B255##**) is used, and if
\<rsaddist\>(**B265##**) and \<rsdispol\>(**B270##**) are not used.
\<rsdisdis\>, \<rsaddist\>, and \<rsdispol\> describe different types of
radial symmetrical distortion, and only one is applicable. \<rsdisdis\>
is lens distortion values as a function of linear distance to the
principal point of best symmetry.

\<rsdmdist\>**B261##** \[Radial symmetrical distance interval\] must be
used if \<rsdisdis\>(**B260##**) is used. It is the radial distance
interval at which distortion values are available, given in millimeters.
Replace **B261##** with the interval, expressed as a real
(floating-point) number.

\<rsdnumv\>**B262##** \[Number of distance distortion values\] must be
used if \<rsdisdis\>(**B260##**) is used. It is the number (an integer)
of radial points at which distance-dependent distortion values are
provided. Replace **B262##** with this integer. 0 \< \<rsdnumv\>

\<rsddval\>**B263##** \[Distance distortion value\] must be used if
\<rsdisdis\>(**B260##**) is used. It is the value of the distortion at
one of the radial distances given in \<rsdmdist\>**B261##**. It is
repeatable to handle multiple radial distances. The number of instances
must equal the integer entered in \<rsdnumv\>**B262##**.

Compound tag \<rsaddist\>(**B265##**) \[Angle dependent distortion\]
must be used if \<dsttrs\>(**B255##**) is used, and if
\<rsdisdis\>(**B260##**) and \<rsdispol\>(**B270##**) are not used.
\<rsdisdis\>, \<rsaddist\>, and \<rsdispol\> describe different types of
radial symmetrical distortion, and only one is applicable. \<rsaddist\>
describes lens distortion values provided as a function of the angle
from the optical axis.

\<rsangint\>**B266##** \[Radial symmetrical angle interval\] must be
used if \<rsaddist\>(**B265##**) is used. It is the angle interval at
which distortion values are available, given in degrees. The interval is
a real (floating-point) number. Replace **B266##** with the interval.

\<rsanumv\>**B267##** \[Number of angle distortion values\] must be used
if \<rsaddist\>(**B265##**) is used. It is the number (an integer) of
distortion values supplied as a function of angle. Replace **B267##**
with the integer.

\<rsadval\>**B268##** \[Angle distortion value\] must be used if
\<rsaddist\>(**B265##**) is used. It is the value of distortion at one
of the angular distances specified in \<rsangint\>**B266##**. It is
repeatable to handle multiple distortion values. The number of instances
must be equal to the integer entered in \<rsanumv\>**B267##**.

Compound tag \<rsdispol\>(**B270##**) \[Radial symmetrical distortion
polynomial\] must be used if \<dsttrs\>(**B255##**) is used, and if
\<rsdisdis\>(**B260##**) and \<rsaddist\>(**B265##**) are not used.
\<rsdisdis\>, \<rsaddist\>, and \<rsdispol\> describe different types of
radial symmetrical distortion, and only one is applicable. \<rsdispol\>
is lens distortion in micrometers that is a function of the distance to
the principal point of best symmetry, expressed as an odd-power
polynomial:

**Δr = K~0~\*r\' + K~1~\*r\'^3^ + K~2~\*r\'^5^ + K~3~\*r\'^7^** ...

Compound tag \<polyfunc\>(**B275##**) \[Polynomial function\] must be
used if \<rsdispol\>(**B270##**) is used. It is a definition of the
polynomial function mentioned in \<rsdispol\>. Refer to
\<polyfunc\>(**5210##**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<dsttrasy\>(B300#)**

**\<rab1\>B301##\</rab1\>**

**\<rab2\>B302##\</rab2\>**

**\</dsttrasy\>**

Distortion type radial assymetrical

Compound tag \<dsttrasy\>(**B300#**) \[Distortion type radial
assymetrical\] may optionally be used if \<distort\>(**B250##**) is
used. It describes distortion that can be expressed in the form of two
equations:

**Δx\' = B~1~(r\'^2^ + 2x\'^2^) + 2B~2~\*x\'\*y\' Δy\' = B~2~(r\'^2^ +
2x\'^2^) + 2B~1~\*x\'\*y\'**

where **B~1~** and **B~2~** are defined in \<rab1\>**B301##** and
\<rab2\>**B302##**.

\<rab1\>**B301##** \[Radial asymmetrical coefficient B1\] must be used
if \<dsttrasy\>(**B300#**) is used. It is the value for **B~1~** in the
formulas given in \<dsttrasy\>. **B~1~** is a real (floating-point)
number. Replace **B301##** with the number.

\<rab2\>**B302##** \[Radial asymmetrical coefficient B2\] must be used
if \<dsttrasy\>(**B300#**) is used. It is the value for **B~2~** in the
formulas given in \<dsttrasy\>. **B~2~** is a real (floating-point)
number. Replace **B302##** with the number.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<dsttaf\>(B305#)**

**\<affc1\>B306##\</affc1\>**

**\<affc2\>B307##\</affc2\>**

**\</dsttaf\>**

Distortion type affine

Compound tag \<dsttaf\>(**B305#**) \[Distortion type affine\] may
optionally be used if \<distort\>(**B250##**) is used. It documents
errors of the image coordinate system that can be described with an
affine transformation expressed as two equations:

**Δx\' = C~1~\*x\' + C~2~\*y\' Δy\' = 0**

where **C~1~** and **C~2~** are defined in \<affc1\>**B306##** and
\<affc2\>**B307##**.

\<affc1\>**B306##** \[Affine distortion x-prime coefficient\] must be
used if \<dsttaf\>(**B305#**) is used. It is the coefficient **C~1~** of
the **x\'** term in the formula given in \<dsttaf\>. **C~1~** is a real
(floating-point) number. Replace **B306##** with the number.

\<affc2\>**B307##** \[Affine distortion y-prime coefficient\] must be
used if \<dsttaf\>(**B305#**) is used. It is the coefficient **C~2~** of
the **y\'** term in the formula given in \<dsttaf\>. **C~2~** is a real
(floating-point) number. Replace **B307##** with the number.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</distort\>(B250##)**

End of \<distort\>(**B250##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</framegeo\>(B075##)**

End of \<framegeo\>(**B075##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<fcoper\>(B310#)**

**\<stabmnt\>B311#\</stabmnt\>**

**\<fmc\>B312#\</fmc\>**

**\</fcoper\>**

Frame operation

Compound tag \<fcoper\>(**B310#**) \[Frame operation\] may optionally be
used if \<frame\>(**B020##**) is used. It is information about the
configuration or motion of the camera mounting.

\<stabmnt\>**B311#** \[Stabilized mount\] may optionally be used if
\<fcoper\>(**B310#**) is used. It is the name of the type of stabilized
mount used during the photo flight. Replace **B311#** with a free text
name, or choose one of **T_AS** or **CCNS4**.

\<fmc\>**B312#** \[Forward motion compensation\] may optionally be used
if \<fcoper\>(**B310#**) is used. It is whether or not the image is
moved in the flying direction during exposure in order to compensate the
image motion for ground speed. Replace **B312#** with one of **yes** or
**no**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<fradprop\>(B315#)**

**\<fcradcal\>(B320##)**

**\<datascal\>(B325##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</datascal\>**

**\</fcradcal\>**

**\<lightdrp\>B339#\</lightdrp\>**

**\</fradprop\>**

Frame radiometric properties

Compound tag \<fradprop\>(**B315#**) \[Frame radiometric properties\]
may optionally be used if \<frame\>(**B020##**) is used. It is
information about the relationship between radiation received and
measured by a detector system.

Compound tag \<fcradcal\>(**B320##**) \[Frame radiometric calibration\]
must be used if \<fradprop\>(**B315#**) is used, and if applicable. It
is the transformation from the units in which an electronic detector
measures to physical units.

Compound tag \<datascal\>(**B325##**) \[Data scaling information\] must
be used if \<fcradcal\>(**B320##**) is used. It describes a function
that converts a set of values on one scale to another. Specifically, it
converts the units mentioned in \<fcradcal\>. Refer to
\<datascal\>(**5205##**).

\<lightdrp\>**B339#** \[Light drop\] may optionally be used if
\<fradprop\>(**B315#**) is used. It is the ratio (a real floating-point
number) of the light at the border of the image to that at the center,
given as a percentage. Replace **B339#** with the ratio.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<fcspecpr\>(B340#)**

Frame spectral properties

Compound tag \<fcspecpr\>(**B340#**) \[Frame spectral properties\] may
optionally be used if \<frame\>(**B020##**) is used. It describes the
wavelength-dependent characteristics of the system. \<fcspecpr\>
encloses all tags from here to \</fcspecpr\>, which is several pages
farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<fcspecin\>(B345#)**

Frame spectral information

Compound tag \<fcspecin\>(**B345#**) \[Frame spectral information\] may
optionally be used if \<fcspecpr\>(**B340#**) is used. It is information
about the wavelength sensitivity of the detector. \<fcspecin\> encloses
all tags from here to \</fcspecin\>, which is a page or two farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<specinfo\>(B350##)**

Spectral information

Compound tag \<specinfo\>(**B350##**) \[Spectral information\] must be
used if \<fcspecin\>(**B345#**) is used. It is wavelength-dependent
properties of optical systems, in this case the detector mentioned in
\<fcspecin\>. \<specinfo\> encloses all tags from here to \</specinfo\>,
which is a page or two farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<nowvband\>(B355##)**

**\<numbands\>B356##\</numbands\>**

**\</nowvband\>**

Number of wavelength bands

Compound tag \<nowvband\>(**B355##**) \[Number of wavelength bands\]
must be used if \<specinfo\>(**B350##**) is used. It is the number of
separate wavelength ranges at which the system measures.

\<numbands\>**B356##** \[Number of bands\] must be used if
\<nowvband\>(**B355##**) is used. It is the number (an integer) of
instrument bands mentioned in \<nowvband\>. Replace **B356##** with the
number.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<wvbandpr\>(B360##)+**

**\<waveunit\>B361##\</waveunit\>**

**\<bbnddef\>B362#\</bbnddef\>**

**\<lambdmin\>B363##\</lambdmin\>**

**\<lambdmax\>B364##\</lambdmax\>**

**\<pkwavlen\>B366#\</pkwavlen\>**

**\<wavlreg\>B367#\</wavlreg\>**

**\<nomspres\>(B370#)**

**\<spatresu\>B371##\</spatresu\>**

**\<spatresv\>B372##\</spatresv\>**

**\</nomspres\>**

**\<bandqual\>B373#\</bandqual\>**

**\<polrzcha\>(B375##)+**

**\<revpolr\>B376##\</revpolr\>**

**\<sendpolr\>B377##\</sendpolr\>**

**\</polrzcha\>**

**\<banddesc\>B378#\</banddesc\>**

**\</wvbandpr\>**

Wavelength band properties

Compound tag \<wvbandpr\>(**B360##**) \[Wavelength band properties\]
must be used if \<specinfo\>(**B350##**) is used. It is the
instrument\'s design specifications for the properties of one wavelength
range. It is repeatable to handle multiple wavelength ranges.

\<waveunit\>**B361##** \[Wavelength units\] must be used if
\<wvbandpr\>(**B360##**) is used. It is the units in which band
wavelengths are expressed. Replace **B361##** with the units name, or
choose one of **m cm mm μm nm**

\<bbnddef\>**B362#** \[Band boundary definition\] may optionally be used
if \<wvbandpr\>(**B360##**) is used. It is a designation of criterion
for defining maximum and minimum wavelengths for a spectral band.
Replace **B362#** with a free text criterion, or choose one of

**3db half maximum 50% 1/e equivalent width**

\<lambdmin\>**B363##** \[Minimum wavelength\] and \<lambdmax\>**B364##**
\[Maximum wavelength\] must both be used if \<wvbandpr\>(**B360##**) is
used. They are the minimum and maximum wavelength boundaries (real
floating-point numbers), respectively, of the spectral range of this
wavelength band, using the criterion entered in \<bbnddef\>**B362#**.
Replace **B363##** and **B364##** with the numbers. \<lambdmin\> \<=
\<lambdmax\>

\<pkwavlen\>**B366#** \[Peak wavelength\] may optionally be used if
\<wvbandpr\>(**B360##**) is used. It is the wavelength (a real
floating-point number) of maximum sensitivity within this wavelength
band, in units specified by \<waveunit\>**B361##**. Replace **B366#**
with the wavelength. \<lambdmin\> \<= \<pkwavlen\> \<= \<lambdmax\>

\<wavlreg\>**B367#** \[Wavelength region\] may optionally be used if
\<wvbandpr\>(**B360##**) is used. It is the name of the wavelength
region where this wavelength band is found. Replace **B367#** with the
name, or choose one of

**ultraviolet visible infrared microwave radio**

Compound tag \<nomspres\>(**B370#**) \[Nominal spatial resolution\] may
optionally be used if \<wvbandpr\>(**B360##**) is used. It is the
smallest distance between which separate points can be distinguished, as
specified in the instrument design.

\<spatresu\>**B371##** \[Spatial resolution units\] must be used if
\<nomspres\>(**B370#**) is used. It is the units in which spatial
resolution is expressed. Replace **B371##** with the units name, or
choose one of **meters**, **kilometers**, or **degrees**.

\<spatresv\>**B372##** \[Spatial resolution value\] must be used if
\<nomspres\>(**B370#**) is used. It is the quantitive measure (a real
floating-point number) of the instrument\'s designed spatial resolution,
in units given in \<spatresu\>**B371##**. Replace **B372##** with the
number.

\<bandqual\>**B373#** \[Band quality\] may optionally be used if
\<wvbandpr\>(**B360##**) is used. It is a description of the state of
this wavelength band, including degree of degradation and its impact on
resolution and measurement accuracy. Replace **B373#** with the
description.

Compound tag \<polrzcha\>(**B375##**) \[Polarization characteristics\]
must be used if \<wvbandpr\>(**B360##**) is used, and if applicable. It
is the degree of polarization of this wavelength band. It is repeatable
to handle multiple directions of polarization.

\<revpolr\>**B376##** \[Receiver polarization\] must be used if
\<polrzcha\>(**B375##**) is used. It is the polarization direction that
a receiver is designed to accept. Replace **B376##** with the direction,
or choose one of

**horizontal vertical left circular right circular**

\<sendpolr\>**B377##** \[Sender polarization\] must be used if
\<polrzcha\>(**B375##**) is used, and if applicable. It is the direction
of polarization of radiation emitted as part of a measurement system.
Replace **B377##** with the direction, or choose one of

**horizontal vertical left circular right circular**

\<banddesc\>**B378#** \[Band description\] may optionally be used if
\<wvbandpr\>(**B360##**) is used. It is a place to enter additional
descriptive material about band properties. Replace **B378#** with the
description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</specinfo\>(B350##)**

End of \<specinfo\>(**B350##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</fcspecin\>(B345#)**

End of \<fcspecin\>(**B345#**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<filtonca\>(B380#)**

**\<filtcain\>B381##\</filtcain\>**

**\<ftrtyp\>B382##\</ftrtyp\>**

**\</filtonca\>**

Filter on camera

Compound tag \<filtonca\>(**B380#**) \[Filter on camera\] may optionally
be used if \<fcspecpr\>(**B340#**) is used. It describes a device put in
front of the camera lens, limiting the range of wavelengths that can
pass through.

\<filtcain\>**B381##** \[Filter on camera indicator\] must be used if
\<filtonca\>(**B380#**) is used. It indicates whether or not there is a
filter in front of the camera. Replace **B381##** with one of **yes** or
**no**.

\<ftrtyp\>**B382##** \[Filter type\] must be used if
\<filtcain\>**B381##** contains **yes**. It is the manufacturer\'s name
for and/or description of the filter used. Replace **B382##** with the
name and/or description, or choose one of

**CTO 1 L453 L477**

**L510 L599 L731**

**HF-3 (2B) No. 3(Aero 1) No. 8 (K2)**

**No. 12 (Minus Blue) No. 15 (G) No. 25 (A)**

**No. 89 B (IR) Sandwich Color Haze Filter**

**Sandwich False Color Dark Yellow Light Red**

**Infrared A2 B**

**D F H**

**I K**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<spectlim\>B383#\</spectlim\>**

Spectral limit

\<spectlim\>**B383#** may optionally be used if \<fcspecpr\>(**B340#**)
is used. It is the maximum wavelength (a real floating-point number), in
nanometers, at which the focus of the lens is judged accurate, errors
due to chromatic aberration being too large at longer wavelengths.
Replace **B383#** with the wavelength.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</fcspecpr\>(B340#)**

End of \<fcspecpr\>(**B340#**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</frame\>(B020##)**

End of \<frame\>(**B020##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<scan\>(B385##)**

Scan

Compound tag \<scan\>(**B385##**) \[Scan\] must be used if
\<instdesc\>(**B001##**) is used, and if \<frame\>(**B020##**) and
\<othcolde\>**B598##** are not used. Only one of \<frame\>, \<scan\>,
and \<othcolde\> is applicable. \<scan\> is the properties of a sensor
whose detector view moves over the ground in a direction roughly
perpendicular to the track of a moving point. This may be called a
whiskbroom scanner. \<scan\> encloses all tags from here to \</scan\>,
which is several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<scangeom\>(B390##)**

Scan geometric properties

Compound tag \<scangeom\>(**B390##**) \[Scan geometric properties\] must
be used if \<scan\>(**B385##**) is used. It is a spatial and temporal
description of the scan. It is repeatable to handle multiple scans.
\<scangeom\> encloses all tags from here to \</scangeom\>, which is
several pages farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<scanangu\>B391##\</scanangu\>**

Scan angle units

\<scanangu\>**B391##** \[Scan angle units\] must be used if
\<scangeom\>(**B390##**) is used. It is the units in which angles are
measured in the scan description. Replace **B391##** with the name of
the units, or choose one of

**degrees radians arcminutes arcseconds**

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<scantimu\>B392##\</scantimu\>**

Scan time units

\<scantimu\>**B392##** \[Scan time units\] must be used if
\<scangeom\>(**B390##**) is used. It is the units in which time is
measured in the scan description. Replace **B392##** with the name of
the units, or choose one of **seconds**, **minutes**, or
**microseconds**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<scandisu\>B393##\</scandisu\>**

Scan distance units

\<scandisu\>**B393##** \[Scan distance units\] must be used if
\<scangeom\>(**B390##**) is used. It is the units in which distance is
measured in the scan description. Replace **B393##** with the name of
the units, or choose one of **meters** or **kilometers**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<xtrkprop\>(B395##)**

**\<xtkzero\>(B400##)**

**\<xtkaxis\>B401##\</xtkaxis\>**

**\<xtkdir\>B402##\</xtkdir\>**

**\</xtkzero\>**

**\<xtkswp\>(B405##)**

**\<xtksamp\>B406##\</xtksamp\>**

**\<xtkstang\>B407##\</xtkstang\>**

**\<xtkexang\>B408##\</xtkexang\>**

**\<xtstpang\>B409##\</xtstpang\>**

**\</xtkswp\>**

**\<xtfixang\>B411##\</xtfixang\>**

**\<xtrkdesc\>B412##\</xtrkdesc\>**

**\</xtrkprop\>**

Scan cross track properties

Compound tag \<xtrkprop\>(**B395##**) \[Scan cross track properties\]
must be used if \<scangeom\>(**B390##**) is used, and if applicable. It
is a description of data sampling in the direction approximately
perpendicular to the track in the horizontal.

Compound tag \<xtkzero\>(**B400##**) \[Cross track zero\] must be used
if \<xtrkprop\>(**B395##**) is used. It is the direction relative to
which cross-track angles are measured.

\<xtkaxis\>**B401##** \[Cross track axis\] must be used if
\<xtkzero\>(**B400##**) is used. It is the axis about which cross-track
angles are measured. Replace **B401##** with the name of the axis, or
choose one of **x**, **y**, or **z**.

\<xtkdir\>**B402##** \[Cross track direction\] must be used if
\<xtkzero\>(**B400##**) is used. It is the positive or negative
direction on the cross-track axis relative to which cross-track angles
are measured. The cross-track axis is the axis entered in
\<xtkaxis\>**B401##**. Replace **B402##** with **positive** or
**negative**.

Compound tag \<xtkswp\>(**B405##**) \[Cross track sweep\] must be used
if \<xtrkprop\>(**B395##**) is used, and if \<xtfixang\>**B411##** is
not used. Only one of \<xtkswp\> and \<xtfixang\> is applicable.
\<xtkswp\> is a description of the angular properties of the cross-track
sweep.

\<xtksamp\>**B406##** \[Number of cross track samples\] must be used if
\<xtkswp\>(**B405##**) is used. It is the number (an integer) of
measurements in the direction across the track in each scan. Replace
**B406##** with the number. 0 \< \<xtksamp\>

\<xtkstang\>**B407##** \[Cross track start angle\] must be used if
\<xtkswp\>(**B405##**) is used. It is the angle (a real floating-point
number) of start of cross-track measurement from the axis given in
\<xtkaxis\>**B401##**, in the units given in \<scanangu\>**B391##**.
Replace **B407##** with the angle.

\<xtkexang\>**B408##** \[Cross track extent angle\] must be used if
\<xtkswp\>(**B405##**) is used, and if \<xtstpang\>**B409##** is not
used. Only one of \<xtkexang\> and \<xtstpang\> is applicable.
\<xtkexang\> is the angle (a real floating-point number) between the end
and the start of the cross-track range, in the units given in
\<scanangu\>**B391##**. Replace **B408##** with the angle.

\<xtstpang\>**B409##** \[Cross track step angle\] must be used if
\<xtkswp\>(**B405##**) is used, and if \<xtkexang\>**B408##** is not
used. Only one of \<xtkexang\> and \<xtstpang\> is applicable.
\<xtstpang\> is the angle (a real floating-point number) between
cross-track steps, in the units given in \<scanangu\>**B391##**. Replace
**B409##** with the angle.

\<xtfixang\>**B411##** \[Cross track fixed angle\] must be used if
\<xtrkprop\>(**B395##**) is used, and if \<xtkswp\>(**B405##**) is not
used. Only one of \<xtkswp\> and \<xtfixang\> is applicable.
\<xtfixang\> is the constant angle (a real floating-point number)
relative to the cross-track axis at which the scanner is held while it
scans in another direction. The cross-track axis is given in
\<xtkaxis\>**B401##**. Replace **B411##** with the angle.

\<xtrkdesc\>**B412##** \[Cross track description\] may optionally be
used if \<xtrkprop\>(**B395##**) is used. It is the place where
additional descriptive information can be entered about cross-track
measurements. Replace **B412##** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<elevprop\>(B415##)**

**\<elevzero\>(B420##)**

**\<elevaxis\>B421##\</elevaxis\>**

**\<elevdir\>B422##\</elevdir\>**

**\</elevzero\>**

**\<elevswp\>(B425##)**

**\<elevsamp\>B426##\</elevsamp\>**

**\<elestang\>B427##\</elestang\>**

**\<eleexang\>B428##\</eleexang\>**

**\<elstpang\>B429##\</elstpang\>**

**\</elevswp\>**

**\<elfixang\>B431##\</elfixang\>**

**\<elevdesc\>B432#\</elevdesc\>**

**\</elevprop\>**

Scan elevation properties

Compound tag \<elevprop\>(**B415##**) \[Scan elevation properties\] must
be used if \<scangeom\>(**B390##**) is used, and if applicable. It is a
description of data sampling in a direction approximately perpendicular
to the track and cross-track sweep direction.

Compound tag \<elevzero\>(**B420##**) \[Elevation zero\] must be used if
\<elevprop\>(**B415##**) is used. It is the direction relative to which
elevation angles are measured.

\<elevaxis\>**B421##** \[Elevation axis\] must be used if
\<elevzero\>(**B420##**) is used. It is the axis about which elevation
angles are measured. Replace **B421##** with the name of the axis, or
choose one of **x**, **y**, or **z**.

\<elevdir\>**B422##** \[Elevation direction\] must be used if
\<elevzero\>(**B420##**) is used. It is the positive or negative
direction on the axis given in \<elevaxis\>**B421##** relative to which
elevation angles are measured. Replace **B422##** with one of
**positive** or **negative**.

Compound tag \<elevswp\>(**B425##**) \[Elevation sweep\] must be used if
\<elevprop\>(**B415##**) is used, and if \<elfixang\>**B431##** is not
used. Only one of \<elevswp\> or \<elfixang\> is applicable. \<elevswp\>
is a description of the angular properties of the elevation sweep.

\<elevsamp\>**B426##** \[Number of elevation samples\] must be used if
\<elevswp\>(**B425##**) is used. It is the number (an integer) of
measurements in a direction across the track in each scan. Replace
**B426##** with the number.

\<elestang\>**B427##** \[Elevation start angle\] must be used if
\<elevswp\>(**B425##**) is used. It is the angle (a real floating-point
number) of the start of elevation measurement from the elevation axis
entered in \<elevaxis\>**B421##**, in units given by
\<scanangu\>**B391##**. Replace **B427##** with the angle.

\<eleexang\>**B428##** \[Elevation extent angle\] must be used if
\<elevswp\>(**B425##**) is used, and if \<elstpang\>**B429##** is not
used. Only one of \<eleexang\> or \<elstpang\> is applicable.
\<eleexang\> is the angle (a real floating-point number) between end and
start of the elevation range. Replace **B428##** with the angle. 0 \<
\<eleexang\>

\<elstpang\>**B429##** \[Elevation step angle\] must be used if
\<elevswp\>(**B425##**) is used, and if \<eleexang\>**B428##** is not
used. Only one of \<eleexang\> or \<elstpang\> is applicable.
\<elstpang\> is the angle (a real floating-point number) between
elevation steps, in units given by \<scanangu\>**B391##**. Replace
**B429##** with the angle. 0 \< \<elstpang\>

\<elfixang\>**B431##** \[Elevation fixed ange\] must be used if
\<elevprop\>(**B415##**) is used, and if \<elevswp\>(**B425##**) is not
used. Only one of \<elevswp\> or \<elfixang\> is applicable.
\<elfixang\> is a constant angle (a real floating-point number) relative
to the elevation axis at which the scanner is held while it scans in
another direction. Replace **B431##** with the angle.

\<elevdesc\>**B432#** \[Elevation description\] may optionally be used
if \<elevprop\>(**B415##**) is used. It is any additional information
(free text) about elevation measurements that may need to be added.
Replace **B432#** with the text.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<profprop\>(B435##)**

**\<profsond\>(B440##)**

**\<profsamp\>B441##\</profsamp\>**

**\<profdir\>B442##\</profdir\>**

**\<profst\>B443##\</profst\>**

**\<profext\>B444##\</profext\>**

**\<profstep\>B446##\</profstep\>**

**\</profsond\>**

**\<proffix\>B447##\</proffix\>**

**\<profdesc\>B448#\</profdesc\>**

**\</profprop\>**

Profile properties

Compound tag \<profprop\>(**B435##**) \[Profile properties\] must be
used if \<scangeom\>(**B390##**) is used, and if applicable. It is a
description of data sampling in the vertical direction.

Compound tag \<profsond\>(**B440##**) \[Profile sounding\] must be used
if \<profprop\>(**B435##**) is used, and if \<proffix\>**B447##** is not
used. Only one of \<profsond\> or \<proffix\> is applicable.
\<profsond\> is a description of the process of profile sampling.

\<profsamp\>**B441##** \[Number of profile samples\] must be used if
\<profsond\>(**B440##**) is used. It is the number of heights (an
integer) at which measurements are made. Replace **B441##** with the
integer.

\<profdir\>**B442##** \[Profiling direction\] must be used if
\<profsond\>(**B440##**) is used. It is the direction of the sequence of
heights at which profile measurements are made. Replace **B442##** with
one of **upward** or **downward**.

\<profst\>**B443##** \[Profile start\] must be used if
\<profsond\>(**B440##**) is used. It is the height (a real
floating-point number) of the start of profile measurements. Replace
**B443##** with the number. 0.0 \< \<profst\>

\<profext\>**B444##** \[Profile extent\] must be used if
\<profsond\>(**B440##**) is used, and if \<profstep\>**B446##** is not
used. Only one of \<profext\> or \<profstep\> is applicable. \<profext\>
is the distance (a real floating point number) between the end and start
of the profile range, in units given in \<scandisu\>**B393##**. Replace
**B444##** with the distance.

0.0 \< \<profext\>

\<profstep\>**B446##** \[Profile step\] must be used if
\<profsond\>(**B440##**) is used, and if \<profext\>**B444##** is not
used. Only one of \<profext\> or \<profstep\> is applicable.
\<profstep\> is the distance (a real floating-point number) between
profile steps, in units given in \<scandisu\>**B393##**. Replace
**B446##** with the distance. 0.0 \< \<profstep\>

\<proffix\>**B447##** \[Profile fixed\] must be used if
\<profprop\>(**B435##**) is used, and if \<profsond\>(**B440##**) is not
used. Only one of \<profsond\> and \<proffix\> is applicable.
\<proffix\> is the fixed profile level as which scanning is taking
place. The level is a real (floating-point) number. Replace **B447##**
with the number.

\<profdesc\>**B448#** \[Profile description\] may optionally be used if
\<profprop\>(**B435##**) is used. It is any additional information that
should be added about the profile measurements, in text form. Replace
**B448#** with the information.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<scantime\>(B450#)**

**\<scanstart\>(B455##)**

**\<sngdate\>(B460##)**

**\<caldate\>\</caldate\>**

**\<time\>\</time\>**

**\</sngdate\>**

**\</scanstart\>**

**\<scandur\>B463##\</scandur\>**

**\<scanstept\>B464##\</scanstept\>**

**\<scanrptt\>B466##\</scanrptt\>**

**\</scantime\>**

Scan timing

Compound tag \<scantime\>(**B450#**) \[Scan timing\] may optionally be
used if \<scangeom\>(**B390##**) is used. It is the schedule for scans.

Compound tag \<scanstart\>(**B455##**) \[Scan start time\] must be used
if \<scantime\>(**B450#**) is used. It is the time at start of scan.

Compound tag \<sngdate\>(**B460##**) \[Single date\] must be used if
\<scanstart\>(**B455##**) is used. It is the single date (and time) from
the FGDC publication, Section 9. \<caldate\> must be used; place the
calendar date in YYYYMMDD format there. \<time\> may optionally be used;
place the time there. For more information, use instructions in
\<sngdate\>(**1060##**) as guides.

\<scandur\>**B463##** \[Scan duration\] must be used if
\<scantime\>(**B450#**) is used, and if \<scanstept\>**B464##** is not
used. Only one of \<scandur\> and \<scanstept\> is applicable.
\<scandur\> is the duration of a single scan (a real floating-point
number), in units given in \<scantimu\>**B392##**. Replace **B463##**
with the number. 0.0 \< \<scandur\>

\<scanstept\>**B464##** \[Scan step time\] must be used if
\<scantime\>(**B450#**) is used, and if \<scandur\>**B463##** is not
used. Only one of \<scandur\> and \<scanstept\> is applicable.
\<scanstept\> is the time required for one step in the scan, in the
units given in \<scantimu\>**B392##**. The time is a real
(floating-point) number. Replace **B464##** with the number. 0.0 \<
\<scanstept\>

\<scanrptt\>**B466##** \[Scan repeat time\] must be used if
\<scantime\>(**B450#**) is used. It is the time between the start of one
scan and the next, in units given in \<scantimu\>**B392##**. The time is
a real (floating-point) number. Replace **B466##** with the number. 0.0
\< \<scanrptt\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<ifov\>(B470##)**

**\<ifovunit\>B471##\</ifovunit\>**

**\<ifovxdef\>B472##\</ifovxdef\>**

**\<ifovxval\>B473##\</ifovxval\>**

**\<ifovydef\>B474##\</ifovydef\>**

**\<ifovyval\>B476##\</ifovyval\>**

**\</ifov\>**

Instantaneous field of view (IFOV)

Compound tag \<ifov\>(**B470##**) \[Instantaneous field of view\] must
be used if \<scangeom\>(**B390##**) is used. It is the ground or target
area viewed by a sensor at a given time.

\<ifovunit\>**B471##** \[IFOV units\] must be used if
\<ifov\>(**B470##**) is used. It is the units in which the value of the
instantaneous field of view is expressed. Replace **B471##** with the
name of the units, or choose one of **meters**, **degrees**, or
**milliradians**.

\<ifovxdef\>**B472##** \[IFOV x definition\] must be used if
\<ifov\>(**B470##**) is used. It is the definition of the x direction in
the instantaneous field of view. Replace **B472##** with the definition,
or choose one of **cross track**, **along scan**, or **frame**.

\<ifovxval\>**B473##** \[IFOV x value\] must be used if
\<ifov\>(**B470##**) is used. It is the size (a real floating-point
number) of the instantaneous field of view in the direction defined in
\<ifovxdef\>**B472##**, in units given by \<ifovunit\>**B471##**.
Replace **B473##** with the number. 0.0 \< \<ifovxval\>

\<ifovydef\>**B474##** \[IFOV y definition\] must be used if
\<ifov\>(**B470##**) is used. It is the definition of the y direction in
the instantaneous field of view. Replace **B474##** with the definition,
or choose one of **along track** or **cross scan**.

\<ifovyval\>**B476##** \[IFOV y value\] must be used if
\<ifov\>(**B470##**) is used. It is the size (a real floating-point
number) of the instantaneous field of view in the direction defined in
\<ifovydef\>**B474##**, in units given by \<ifovunit\>**B471##**.
Replace **B476##** with the number. 0.0 \< \<ifovyval\>

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</scangeom\>(B390##)**

End of \<scangeom\>(**B390##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<sampprop\>(B480##)**

Sample properties

Compound tag \<sampprop\>(**B480##**) \[Sample properties\] must be used
if \<scan\>(**B385##**) is used. It is a description of sensor pixel
properties. \<sampprop\> encloses all tags from here to \</sampprop\>,
which is a page or two farther on.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<sampdesu\>(B485##)**

**\<sampangu\>B486##\</sampangu\>**

**\<samprofu\>(B490##)**

**\<altunits\>B491##\</altunits\>**

**\</samprofu\>**

**\</sampdesu\>**

Sample description units

Compound tag \<sampdesu\>(**B485##**) \[Sample description units\] must
be used if \<sampprop\>(**B480##**) is used. It is the units in which
pixel properties are provided.

\<sampangu\>**B486##** \[Sample angle units\] must be used if
\<sampdesu\>(**B485##**) is used, and if applicable. It is the units in
which angles are measured in the pixel description. Replace **B486##**
with the name of the units, or choose one of **degrees**, **radians**,
**arcminutes**, or **arcseconds**.

Compound tag \<samprofu\>(**B490##**) \[Sample profile units\] must be
used if

\<sampdesu\>(**B485##**) is used, and if applicable. It is the units
used to measure profile heights and distances.

\<altunits\>**B491##** \[Altitude distance units\] must be used if
\<samprofu\>(**B490##**) is used. It is the units mentioned in
\<samprofu\>. Replace **B491##** with the name of the units, or choose
one of **meters** or **feet**. For more information, see
\<altunits\>**4308##**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<pixldesc\>(B495##)+**

**\<pixxtksz\>B496##\</pixxtksz\>**

**\<pixelvsz\>B497##\</pixelvsz\>**

**\<pixprfsz\>B498##\</pixprfsz\>**

**\<pixelhgt\>B499#\</pixelhgt\>**

**\<pixelpsf\>B501#\</pixelpsf\>**

**\<samprofu\>(B505##)**

**\<altunits\>B506##\</altunits\>**

**\</samprofu\>**

**\</pixldesc\>**

Pixel description

Compound tag \<pixldesc\>(**B495##**) \[Pixel description\] must be used
if \<sampprop\>(**B480##**) is used. It is a description of the angular
dimensions and location of one scanner picture cell. It is repeatable
for multiple pixels.

\<pixxtksz\>**B496##** \[Pixel cross track size\] must be used if
\<pixldesc\>(**B495##**) is used, and if applicable. It is the angular
extent of the pixel in the cross-track direction, in units specified in
\<sampangu\>**B486##**. The entry is a real (floating-point) number.
Replace **B496##** with the number. 0.0 \< \<pixxtksz\>

\<pixelvsz\>**B497##** \[Pixel elevation size\] must be used if
\<pixldesc\>(**B495##**) is used, and if applicable. It is the size of
the pixel in the elevation direction, in units specified in
\<sampangu\>**B486##**. The entry is a real (floating-point) number.
Replace **B497##** with the number. 0.0 \< \<pixelvsz\>

\<pixprfsz\>**B498##** \[Pixel profile size\] must be used if
\<pixldesc\>(**B495##**) is used, and if applicable. It is the size of
the pixel in the profile direction, in units specified in
\<sampangu\>**B486##**. The entry is a real (floating-point) number.
Replace **B498##** with the number. 0.0 \< \<pixprfsz\>

\<pixelhgt\>**B499#** \[Pixel height above ellipsoid\] may optionally be
used if \<pixldesc\>(**B495##**) is used. It is the height of the pixel
above the ellipsoid defined as part of the spatial representation
information, in units specified in \<altunits\>**B506##**. Replace
**B499#** with the height. 0.0 \< \<pixelhgt\>

\<pixelpsf\>**B501#** \[Pixel point spread function\] may optionally be
used if \<pixldesc\>(**B495##**) is used. It is a free text description
of the pixel image distribution that would be produced by a single
point. Replace **B501#** with the description.

Compound tag \<samprofu\>(**B505##**) \[Sample profile units\] must be
used if

\<pixldesc\>(**B495##**) is used, and if applicable. It is the units
used to measure profile heights and distances.

\<altunits\>**B506##** \[Altitude distance units\] must be used if
\<samprofu\>(**B505##**) is used. It is the units mentioned in
\<samprofu\>. Replace **B506##** with the name of the units, or choose
one of **meters** or **feet**. For more information, refer to
\<altunits\>**4308##**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</sampprop\>(B480##)**

End of \<sampprop\>(**B480##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<sradprop\>(B510##)**

**\<datascal\>(B515##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</datascal\>**

**\</sradprop\>**

Scan radiometric properties

Compound tag \<sradprop\>(**B510##**) must be used if
\<scan\>(**B385##**) is used. It is a description of a function used to
convert quantity in detector units to physical units.

Compound tag \<datascal\>(**B515##**) must be used if
\<sradprop\>(**B510##**) is used. It describes a function converting a
set of values on one scale to another; specifically, the detector units
to physical units mentioned in \<sradprop\>. Refer to
\<datascal\>(**5205##**) for how to use the tags enclosed by
\<datascal\>(**B515##**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<scspprop\>(B520##)**

**\<specinfo\>(B525##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</specinfo\>**

**\</scspprop\>**

Scan spectral properties

Compound tag \<scspprop\>(**B520##**) \[Scan spectral properties\] must
be used if \<scan\>(**B385##**) is used, and if applicable. It is the
design specifications for wavelength-dependent scanner properties.

Compound tag \<specinfo\>(**B525##**) \[Specification information\] must
be used if \<scspprop\>(**B520##**) is used. It is the specifications
mentioned in \<scspprop\>. Please refer to tags \<specinfo\>(**B350##**)
through \<banddesc\>**B378#**.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</scan\>(B385##)**

End of \<scan\>(**B385##**)

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<othcolde\>B598##\</othcolde\>**

Other collector description

\<othcolde\>**B598##** \[Other collector description\] must be used if
\<instdesc\>(**B001##**) is used, and if \<frame\>(**B020##**) and
\<scan\>(**B385##**) are not used. Only one of \<frame\>, \<scan\>, or
\<othcolde\> is applicable. \<othcolde\> is a description of the
properties of a data collection system other than a frame camera
(\<frame\>) or whiskbroom scanner (\<scan\>). Replace **B598##** with
the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<instpdes\>B599#\</instpdes\>**

Instrument properties description

\<instpdes\>**B599#** \[Instrument properties description\] may
optionally be used if \<instdesc\>(**B001##**) is used. It is textual
information on instrument properties, in areas not otherwise specified
in this standard. Replace **B599#** with the description.

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\<instref\>(B600##)+**

**\<citeinfo\>(B605##)**

**.**

**.**

**.**

**\</citeinfo\>**

**\</instref\>**

Instrument reference

If Section B is used, at least one of \<instdesc\>(**B001##**) or
\<instref\>(**B600##**) must be used. When one is used, the other
becomes optional. \<instref\> cites references that describe instrument
properties and behavior. It is repeatable for multiple references.

Compound tag \<citeinfo\>(**B605##**) \[Citation information\] must be
used if \<instref\>(**B600##**) is used. It gives a citation for a
reference that describes instrument properties and behavior as mentioned
in \<instref\>. Tags enclosed by \<citeinfo\> are like those enclosed by
earlier tag \<citeinfo\>(**1002###**). Refer to those tags when using
\<citeinfo\>(**B605##**).

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

**\</instinfo\>**

End of Section B

**Appendix A -- ISO 19115 Topic Category Keywords**

[[]{#Appendix_A_ISO_19115_Topic_Category .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Section_B_Instrument_Information)
[►](#Appendix_B_Data_Aggregation)**

Keywords and meanings from FGDC\'s \"Metadata Quick Guide\" p. 8-9

http://www.fgdc.gov/metadata/education/MetadataQuickGuide.pdf

***Farming, 001***

rearing of animals and/or cultivation of plants

e.g., agriculture, crops, livestock

***Biota, 002***

flora and/or fauna in natural environments

e.g., flora and fauna, ecology, wetlands, habitat

***Boundaries, 003***

legal land descriptions

e.g., political and administrative boundaries

***ClimatologyMeteorologyAtmosphere, 004***

processes and phenomena of the atmosphere

e.g., processes and phenomena of the atmosphere

***Economy, 005***

economic activities, conditions, and employment

e.g., business and economics

***Elevation, 006***

height above or below the earth\'s surface

e.g., altitude, bathymetry, dem\'s, slope, derived products

***Environment, 007***

environmental resources, protection, and conservation

e.g., natural resources, pollution, impact assessment, monitoring, land
analysis

***GeoscientificInformation, 008***

information pertaining to the earth sciences

> e.g., geology, minerals, earthquakes, landslides, volcanoes, soils,
> gravity, permafrost, hydrogeology, erosion

***Health, 009***

health, health services, human ecology, and safety

e.g., disease, illness, factors affecting health, hygiene, substance
abuse

***ImageryBaseMapsEarthCover, 010***

base maps

e.g., land cover, topographic maps, imagery, annotations

***IntelligenceMilitary, 011***

military bases, structures, activities

e.g., military bases, structures, activities

***Inland Waters, 012***

inland water features, drainage systems and characteristics

> e.g., rivers, glaciers, lakes, water use plans, dams, currents,
> floods, water quality, hydrographic charts

***Location, 013***

positional information and services

e.g., addresses, geodetic networks, control points, postal zones,

place names

***Oceans, 014***

features and characteristics of salt water bodies

e.g., tides, tidal waves, coastal information, reefs

***PlanningCadastre, 015***

information used for appropriate actions for future use of the land

e.g., land use maps, zoning maps, cadastral surveys, land ownership

***Society, 016***

characteristics of society and culture

e.g., anthropology, archaeology, religion, demographics, crime and

justice

***Structure, 017***

man-made construction

e.g., architecture, buildings, museums, churches, factories, housing,

monuments, shops, towers

***Transportation, 018***

means and aids for conveying persons and/or goods

e.g., roads, airports, airstrips, shipping routes, tunnels, nautical

charts, vehicle and vessel locations, aeronautical charts, railways,

trails

***UtilitiesCommunication, 019***

energy, water and waste systems, and communications infrastructure

> e.g., hydroelectricity, geothermal, solar, and nuclear sources of
> energy, water purification and distribution, sewage collection and
> disposal, electrical and gas distribution, data communication,
> telecommunication, radio, communication networks

**Appendix B -- Data Aggregation**

[[]{#Appendix_B_Data_Aggregation .anchor}**▐◄**](#Top)
**[◄](#Appendix_A_ISO_19115_Topic_Category) [►](#End_of_document)**

Federal Geographic Data Committee FGDC-STD-012-2002

Content Standard for Digital Geospatial Metadata - Extensions for Remote
Sensing Metadata

\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_

Data Aggregation Terminology

The *FGDC Metadata Content Standard* provides \"a hierarchy of data
elements and compound elements that define the information content for
metadata to document a set of digital geospatial data,\" as defined in
its section *Organization of the Standard*. Many elements in the
document refer to such a dataset. However, the term *dataset* is not
defined. Data may be organized in a hierarchical structure, with a body
of data being aggregated from smaller bodies. Different sets of
terminology are in use to describe the different levels of aggregation.
For example, a *granule* is defined as the smallest data unit in an
archive that a user can order without requiring special processing to
generate it. An aggregation of multiple data granules from a single
source is called a *single type collection.* In a single type
collection, metadata fields will be the same and at least one metadata
field will have the same value for all granules. For example, the
NOAA/NASA Pathfinder program compiles monthly average land and sea
surface temperatures. The collection of all monthly average land surface
temperatures is a single type collection. Another single type collection
would be all the January average surface temperatures. An aggregation
from many different sources is called a *multitype* collection. These
sources may have different schemas, and the data from the different
sources may thus be described using different metadata fields. For
example, a dataset designed for studies of the effects of El Niño and La
Niña events on vegetation could contain TOPEX/Poseidon total monthly
average sea surface heights and values for the Pathfinder Normalized
Difference Vegetation Index. These terms are defined in the Raytheon
Information Technology Systems (2000) description of the implementation
Earth science data model for the ECS project. Figure 1 shows possible
relations between different levels and kinds of data aggregations and
their components.

Other terms may be used to describe levels of aggregation. An
alternative set of definitions uses *dataset* for the basic unit,
*dataset series* for an aggregation from a single source, and *dataset
initiative* or simply *initiative* for an aggregation of many sources.
Figure 2 shows possible aggregation relations using this terminology.
The different le vels of aggregation are also defined by calling the
basic unit a *product*, an aggregation of multiple products that have
many or all attributes in common, including a common range of some kind
in time and space, an *archive collection*, and an aggregation with a
common semantic theme that is not necessarily homogeneous and may have
few or no attributes in common a *theme collection* (Committee on Earth
Observation Satellites 1999).

In a collection, the metadata descriptions will have varied scope. Some
will have values that apply to the collection as a whole and are
inherited by the individual granules; others will have different values
from one granule to the next. In these extensions, the term *dataset* is
interpreted to refer to an aggregation of data at any level, as
appropriate to the context. Metadata definitions have been added
describing the component parts of an aggregation or describing the
larger aggregation of which a data unit or aggregation is a member, to
allow the user to determine the level of aggregation to which a metadata
element applies.

![](media/image2.jpeg){width="6.493055555555555in"
height="8.402083333333334in"}
![](media/image3.jpeg){width="6.493055555555555in"
height="8.402083333333334in"}

[]{#End_of_document .anchor}End

**[▐◄](#Top) [◄](#Appendix_B_Data_Aggregation)**